]> git.proxmox.com Git - mirror_ubuntu-jammy-kernel.git/blame - include/net/mac80211.h
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 152
[mirror_ubuntu-jammy-kernel.git] / include / net / mac80211.h
CommitLineData
f0706e82 1/*
3017b80b
JB
2 * mac80211 <-> driver interface
3 *
f0706e82
JB
4 * Copyright 2002-2005, Devicescape Software, Inc.
5 * Copyright 2006-2007 Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz>
026331c4 6 * Copyright 2007-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
d98ad83e 7 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH
e38a017b 8 * Copyright (C) 2015 - 2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
fafd2bce 9 * Copyright (C) 2018 - 2019 Intel Corporation
f0706e82
JB
10 *
11 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
12 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as
13 * published by the Free Software Foundation.
14 */
15
16#ifndef MAC80211_H
17#define MAC80211_H
18
187f1882 19#include <linux/bug.h>
f0706e82
JB
20#include <linux/kernel.h>
21#include <linux/if_ether.h>
22#include <linux/skbuff.h>
f0706e82 23#include <linux/ieee80211.h>
f0706e82 24#include <net/cfg80211.h>
5caa328e 25#include <net/codel.h>
41cbb0f5 26#include <net/ieee80211_radiotap.h>
42d98795 27#include <asm/unaligned.h>
f0706e82 28
75a5f0cc
JB
29/**
30 * DOC: Introduction
31 *
32 * mac80211 is the Linux stack for 802.11 hardware that implements
33 * only partial functionality in hard- or firmware. This document
34 * defines the interface between mac80211 and low-level hardware
35 * drivers.
36 */
37
38/**
39 * DOC: Calling mac80211 from interrupts
40 *
41 * Only ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() can be
f0706e82
JB
42 * called in hardware interrupt context. The low-level driver must not call any
43 * other functions in hardware interrupt context. If there is a need for such
44 * call, the low-level driver should first ACK the interrupt and perform the
2485f710
JB
45 * IEEE 802.11 code call after this, e.g. from a scheduled workqueue or even
46 * tasklet function.
47 *
48 * NOTE: If the driver opts to use the _irqsafe() functions, it may not also
6ef307bc 49 * use the non-IRQ-safe functions!
f0706e82
JB
50 */
51
75a5f0cc
JB
52/**
53 * DOC: Warning
54 *
55 * If you're reading this document and not the header file itself, it will
56 * be incomplete because not all documentation has been converted yet.
57 */
58
59/**
60 * DOC: Frame format
61 *
62 * As a general rule, when frames are passed between mac80211 and the driver,
63 * they start with the IEEE 802.11 header and include the same octets that are
64 * sent over the air except for the FCS which should be calculated by the
65 * hardware.
66 *
67 * There are, however, various exceptions to this rule for advanced features:
68 *
69 * The first exception is for hardware encryption and decryption offload
70 * where the IV/ICV may or may not be generated in hardware.
71 *
72 * Secondly, when the hardware handles fragmentation, the frame handed to
73 * the driver from mac80211 is the MSDU, not the MPDU.
f0706e82
JB
74 */
75
42935eca
LR
76/**
77 * DOC: mac80211 workqueue
78 *
79 * mac80211 provides its own workqueue for drivers and internal mac80211 use.
80 * The workqueue is a single threaded workqueue and can only be accessed by
81 * helpers for sanity checking. Drivers must ensure all work added onto the
82 * mac80211 workqueue should be cancelled on the driver stop() callback.
83 *
84 * mac80211 will flushed the workqueue upon interface removal and during
85 * suspend.
86 *
87 * All work performed on the mac80211 workqueue must not acquire the RTNL lock.
88 *
89 */
90
ba8c3d6f
FF
91/**
92 * DOC: mac80211 software tx queueing
93 *
94 * mac80211 provides an optional intermediate queueing implementation designed
95 * to allow the driver to keep hardware queues short and provide some fairness
96 * between different stations/interfaces.
97 * In this model, the driver pulls data frames from the mac80211 queue instead
98 * of letting mac80211 push them via drv_tx().
99 * Other frames (e.g. control or management) are still pushed using drv_tx().
100 *
101 * Drivers indicate that they use this model by implementing the .wake_tx_queue
102 * driver operation.
103 *
adf8ed01
JB
104 * Intermediate queues (struct ieee80211_txq) are kept per-sta per-tid, with
105 * another per-sta for non-data/non-mgmt and bufferable management frames, and
106 * a single per-vif queue for multicast data frames.
ba8c3d6f
FF
107 *
108 * The driver is expected to initialize its private per-queue data for stations
109 * and interfaces in the .add_interface and .sta_add ops.
110 *
18667600
THJ
111 * The driver can't access the queue directly. To dequeue a frame from a
112 * txq, it calls ieee80211_tx_dequeue(). Whenever mac80211 adds a new frame to a
113 * queue, it calls the .wake_tx_queue driver op.
114 *
115 * Drivers can optionally delegate responsibility for scheduling queues to
116 * mac80211, to take advantage of airtime fairness accounting. In this case, to
117 * obtain the next queue to pull frames from, the driver calls
118 * ieee80211_next_txq(). The driver is then expected to return the txq using
119 * ieee80211_return_txq().
ba8c3d6f
FF
120 *
121 * For AP powersave TIM handling, the driver only needs to indicate if it has
122 * buffered packets in the driver specific data structures by calling
123 * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(). For frames buffered in the ieee80211_txq
124 * struct, mac80211 sets the appropriate TIM PVB bits and calls
125 * .release_buffered_frames().
126 * In that callback the driver is therefore expected to release its own
127 * buffered frames and afterwards also frames from the ieee80211_txq (obtained
128 * via the usual ieee80211_tx_dequeue).
129 */
130
313162d0
PG
131struct device;
132
e100bb64
JB
133/**
134 * enum ieee80211_max_queues - maximum number of queues
135 *
136 * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES: Maximum number of regular device queues.
445ea4e8 137 * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP: bitmap with maximum queues set
e100bb64
JB
138 */
139enum ieee80211_max_queues {
3a25a8c8 140 IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES = 16,
445ea4e8 141 IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP = BIT(IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES) - 1,
e100bb64
JB
142};
143
3a25a8c8
JB
144#define IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE 0xff
145
4bce22b9
JB
146/**
147 * enum ieee80211_ac_numbers - AC numbers as used in mac80211
148 * @IEEE80211_AC_VO: voice
149 * @IEEE80211_AC_VI: video
150 * @IEEE80211_AC_BE: best effort
151 * @IEEE80211_AC_BK: background
152 */
153enum ieee80211_ac_numbers {
154 IEEE80211_AC_VO = 0,
155 IEEE80211_AC_VI = 1,
156 IEEE80211_AC_BE = 2,
157 IEEE80211_AC_BK = 3,
158};
159
6b301cdf
JB
160/**
161 * struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params - transmit queue configuration
162 *
163 * The information provided in this structure is required for QoS
3330d7be 164 * transmit queue configuration. Cf. IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.29.
6b301cdf 165 *
e37d4dff 166 * @aifs: arbitration interframe space [0..255]
f434b2d1
JB
167 * @cw_min: minimum contention window [a value of the form
168 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
6b301cdf 169 * @cw_max: maximum contention window [like @cw_min]
3330d7be 170 * @txop: maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled
908f8d07 171 * @acm: is mandatory admission control required for the access category
9d173fc5 172 * @uapsd: is U-APSD mode enabled for the queue
41cbb0f5
LC
173 * @mu_edca: is the MU EDCA configured
174 * @mu_edca_param_rec: MU EDCA Parameter Record for HE
6b301cdf 175 */
f0706e82 176struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params {
f434b2d1 177 u16 txop;
3330d7be
JB
178 u16 cw_min;
179 u16 cw_max;
f434b2d1 180 u8 aifs;
908f8d07 181 bool acm;
ab13315a 182 bool uapsd;
41cbb0f5
LC
183 bool mu_edca;
184 struct ieee80211_he_mu_edca_param_ac_rec mu_edca_param_rec;
f0706e82
JB
185};
186
f0706e82
JB
187struct ieee80211_low_level_stats {
188 unsigned int dot11ACKFailureCount;
189 unsigned int dot11RTSFailureCount;
190 unsigned int dot11FCSErrorCount;
191 unsigned int dot11RTSSuccessCount;
192};
193
d01a1e65
MK
194/**
195 * enum ieee80211_chanctx_change - change flag for channel context
4bf88530 196 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH: The channel width changed
04ecd257 197 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS: The number of RX chains changed
164eb02d 198 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR: radar detection flag changed
73da7d5b
SW
199 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL: switched to another operating channel,
200 * this is used only with channel switching with CSA
21f659bf 201 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH: The min required channel width changed
d01a1e65
MK
202 */
203enum ieee80211_chanctx_change {
4bf88530 204 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH = BIT(0),
04ecd257 205 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS = BIT(1),
164eb02d 206 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR = BIT(2),
73da7d5b 207 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL = BIT(3),
21f659bf 208 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH = BIT(4),
d01a1e65
MK
209};
210
211/**
212 * struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf - channel context that vifs may be tuned to
213 *
214 * This is the driver-visible part. The ieee80211_chanctx
215 * that contains it is visible in mac80211 only.
216 *
4bf88530 217 * @def: the channel definition
21f659bf 218 * @min_def: the minimum channel definition currently required.
04ecd257
JB
219 * @rx_chains_static: The number of RX chains that must always be
220 * active on the channel to receive MIMO transmissions
221 * @rx_chains_dynamic: The number of RX chains that must be enabled
222 * after RTS/CTS handshake to receive SMPS MIMO transmissions;
5d7fad48 223 * this will always be >= @rx_chains_static.
164eb02d 224 * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled on this channel.
d01a1e65
MK
225 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
226 * sizeof(void *), size is determined in hw information.
227 */
228struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf {
4bf88530 229 struct cfg80211_chan_def def;
21f659bf 230 struct cfg80211_chan_def min_def;
d01a1e65 231
04ecd257
JB
232 u8 rx_chains_static, rx_chains_dynamic;
233
164eb02d
SW
234 bool radar_enabled;
235
1c06ef98 236 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
d01a1e65
MK
237};
238
1a5f0c13
LC
239/**
240 * enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode - channel context switch mode
241 * @CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF: Both old and new contexts already
242 * exist (and will continue to exist), but the virtual interface
243 * needs to be switched from one to the other.
244 * @CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS: The old context exists but will stop
245 * to exist with this call, the new context doesn't exist but
246 * will be active after this call, the virtual interface switches
247 * from the old to the new (note that the driver may of course
248 * implement this as an on-the-fly chandef switch of the existing
249 * hardware context, but the mac80211 pointer for the old context
250 * will cease to exist and only the new one will later be used
251 * for changes/removal.)
252 */
253enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode {
254 CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF,
255 CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS,
256};
257
258/**
259 * struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch - vif chanctx switch information
260 *
261 * This is structure is used to pass information about a vif that
262 * needs to switch from one chanctx to another. The
263 * &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode defines how the switch should be
264 * done.
265 *
266 * @vif: the vif that should be switched from old_ctx to new_ctx
267 * @old_ctx: the old context to which the vif was assigned
268 * @new_ctx: the new context to which the vif must be assigned
269 */
270struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch {
271 struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
272 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *old_ctx;
273 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *new_ctx;
274};
275
471b3efd
JB
276/**
277 * enum ieee80211_bss_change - BSS change notification flags
278 *
279 * These flags are used with the bss_info_changed() callback
280 * to indicate which BSS parameter changed.
281 *
282 * @BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC: association status changed (associated/disassociated),
283 * also implies a change in the AID.
284 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT: CTS protection changed
285 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE: preamble changed
9f1ba906 286 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT: slot timing changed
38668c05 287 * @BSS_CHANGED_HT: 802.11n parameters changed
96dd22ac 288 * @BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES: Basic rateset changed
57c4d7b4 289 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT: Beacon interval changed
2d0ddec5
JB
290 * @BSS_CHANGED_BSSID: BSSID changed, for whatever
291 * reason (IBSS and managed mode)
292 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON: Beacon data changed, retrieve
293 * new beacon (beaconing modes)
294 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED: Beaconing should be
295 * enabled/disabled (beaconing modes)
a97c13c3 296 * @BSS_CHANGED_CQM: Connection quality monitor config changed
8fc214ba 297 * @BSS_CHANGED_IBSS: IBSS join status changed
68542962 298 * @BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER: Hardware ARP filter address list or state changed.
4ced3f74
JB
299 * @BSS_CHANGED_QOS: QoS for this association was enabled/disabled. Note
300 * that it is only ever disabled for station mode.
7da7cc1d 301 * @BSS_CHANGED_IDLE: Idle changed for this BSS/interface.
0ca54f6c 302 * @BSS_CHANGED_SSID: SSID changed for this BSS (AP and IBSS mode)
02945821 303 * @BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response changed for this BSS (AP mode)
ab095877 304 * @BSS_CHANGED_PS: PS changed for this BSS (STA mode)
1ea6f9c0 305 * @BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER: TX power setting changed for this interface
488dd7b5 306 * @BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS: P2P powersave settings (CTWindow, opportunistic PS)
52cfa1d6 307 * changed
989c6505
AB
308 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO: Data from the AP's beacon became available:
309 * currently dtim_period only is under consideration.
2c9b7359
JB
310 * @BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH: The bandwidth used by this interface changed,
311 * note that this is only called when it changes after the channel
312 * context had been assigned.
239281f8 313 * @BSS_CHANGED_OCB: OCB join status changed
23a1f8d4 314 * @BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS: VHT MU-MIMO group id or user position changed
e38a017b
AS
315 * @BSS_CHANGED_KEEP_ALIVE: keep alive options (idle period or protected
316 * keep alive) changed.
dcbe73ca 317 * @BSS_CHANGED_MCAST_RATE: Multicast Rate setting changed for this interface
bc847970
PKC
318 * @BSS_CHANGED_FTM_RESPONDER: fime timing reasurement request responder
319 * functionality changed for this BSS (AP mode).
dcbe73ca 320 *
471b3efd
JB
321 */
322enum ieee80211_bss_change {
323 BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC = 1<<0,
324 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT = 1<<1,
325 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE = 1<<2,
9f1ba906 326 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT = 1<<3,
a7ce1c94 327 BSS_CHANGED_HT = 1<<4,
96dd22ac 328 BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES = 1<<5,
57c4d7b4 329 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT = 1<<6,
2d0ddec5
JB
330 BSS_CHANGED_BSSID = 1<<7,
331 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON = 1<<8,
332 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED = 1<<9,
a97c13c3 333 BSS_CHANGED_CQM = 1<<10,
8fc214ba 334 BSS_CHANGED_IBSS = 1<<11,
68542962 335 BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER = 1<<12,
4ced3f74 336 BSS_CHANGED_QOS = 1<<13,
7da7cc1d 337 BSS_CHANGED_IDLE = 1<<14,
7827493b 338 BSS_CHANGED_SSID = 1<<15,
02945821 339 BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP = 1<<16,
ab095877 340 BSS_CHANGED_PS = 1<<17,
1ea6f9c0 341 BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER = 1<<18,
488dd7b5 342 BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS = 1<<19,
989c6505 343 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO = 1<<20,
2c9b7359 344 BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH = 1<<21,
239281f8 345 BSS_CHANGED_OCB = 1<<22,
23a1f8d4 346 BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS = 1<<23,
e38a017b 347 BSS_CHANGED_KEEP_ALIVE = 1<<24,
dcbe73ca 348 BSS_CHANGED_MCAST_RATE = 1<<25,
bc847970 349 BSS_CHANGED_FTM_RESPONDER = 1<<26,
ac8dd506
JB
350
351 /* when adding here, make sure to change ieee80211_reconfig */
471b3efd
JB
352};
353
68542962
JO
354/*
355 * The maximum number of IPv4 addresses listed for ARP filtering. If the number
356 * of addresses for an interface increase beyond this value, hardware ARP
357 * filtering will be disabled.
358 */
359#define IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN 4
360
615f7b9b 361/**
a8182929
EG
362 * enum ieee80211_event_type - event to be notified to the low level driver
363 * @RSSI_EVENT: AP's rssi crossed the a threshold set by the driver.
a9409093 364 * @MLME_EVENT: event related to MLME
6382246e 365 * @BAR_RX_EVENT: a BAR was received
b497de63
EG
366 * @BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT: Frames were released from the reordering buffer because
367 * they timed out. This won't be called for each frame released, but only
368 * once each time the timeout triggers.
615f7b9b 369 */
a8182929
EG
370enum ieee80211_event_type {
371 RSSI_EVENT,
a9409093 372 MLME_EVENT,
6382246e 373 BAR_RX_EVENT,
b497de63 374 BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT,
a8182929
EG
375};
376
377/**
378 * enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data - relevant when event type is %RSSI_EVENT
379 * @RSSI_EVENT_HIGH: AP's rssi went below the threshold set by the driver.
380 * @RSSI_EVENT_LOW: AP's rssi went above the threshold set by the driver.
381 */
382enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data {
615f7b9b
MV
383 RSSI_EVENT_HIGH,
384 RSSI_EVENT_LOW,
385};
386
a8182929 387/**
a839e463 388 * struct ieee80211_rssi_event - data attached to an %RSSI_EVENT
a8182929
EG
389 * @data: See &enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data
390 */
391struct ieee80211_rssi_event {
392 enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data data;
393};
394
a9409093
EG
395/**
396 * enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT
397 * @AUTH_EVENT: the MLME operation is authentication
d0d1a12f 398 * @ASSOC_EVENT: the MLME operation is association
a90faa9d
EG
399 * @DEAUTH_RX_EVENT: deauth received..
400 * @DEAUTH_TX_EVENT: deauth sent.
a9409093
EG
401 */
402enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data {
403 AUTH_EVENT,
d0d1a12f 404 ASSOC_EVENT,
a90faa9d
EG
405 DEAUTH_RX_EVENT,
406 DEAUTH_TX_EVENT,
a9409093
EG
407};
408
409/**
410 * enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT
411 * @MLME_SUCCESS: the MLME operation completed successfully.
412 * @MLME_DENIED: the MLME operation was denied by the peer.
413 * @MLME_TIMEOUT: the MLME operation timed out.
414 */
415enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status {
416 MLME_SUCCESS,
417 MLME_DENIED,
418 MLME_TIMEOUT,
419};
420
421/**
a839e463 422 * struct ieee80211_mlme_event - data attached to an %MLME_EVENT
a9409093
EG
423 * @data: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data
424 * @status: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status
425 * @reason: the reason code if applicable
426 */
427struct ieee80211_mlme_event {
428 enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data data;
429 enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status status;
430 u16 reason;
431};
432
6382246e
EG
433/**
434 * struct ieee80211_ba_event - data attached for BlockAck related events
435 * @sta: pointer to the &ieee80211_sta to which this event relates
436 * @tid: the tid
b497de63 437 * @ssn: the starting sequence number (for %BAR_RX_EVENT)
6382246e
EG
438 */
439struct ieee80211_ba_event {
440 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
441 u16 tid;
442 u16 ssn;
443};
444
a8182929
EG
445/**
446 * struct ieee80211_event - event to be sent to the driver
a839e463 447 * @type: The event itself. See &enum ieee80211_event_type.
a8182929 448 * @rssi: relevant if &type is %RSSI_EVENT
a9409093 449 * @mlme: relevant if &type is %AUTH_EVENT
b497de63 450 * @ba: relevant if &type is %BAR_RX_EVENT or %BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT
6382246e 451 * @u:union holding the fields above
a8182929
EG
452 */
453struct ieee80211_event {
454 enum ieee80211_event_type type;
455 union {
456 struct ieee80211_rssi_event rssi;
a9409093 457 struct ieee80211_mlme_event mlme;
6382246e 458 struct ieee80211_ba_event ba;
a8182929
EG
459 } u;
460};
461
23a1f8d4
SS
462/**
463 * struct ieee80211_mu_group_data - STA's VHT MU-MIMO group data
464 *
465 * This structure describes the group id data of VHT MU-MIMO
466 *
467 * @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group
468 * @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group
469 */
470struct ieee80211_mu_group_data {
471 u8 membership[WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN];
472 u8 position[WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN];
473};
474
bc847970 475/**
3453de98 476 * struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params - FTM responder parameters
bc847970
PKC
477 *
478 * @lci: LCI subelement content
479 * @civicloc: CIVIC location subelement content
480 * @lci_len: LCI data length
481 * @civicloc_len: Civic data length
482 */
483struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params {
484 const u8 *lci;
485 const u8 *civicloc;
486 size_t lci_len;
487 size_t civicloc_len;
488};
489
471b3efd
JB
490/**
491 * struct ieee80211_bss_conf - holds the BSS's changing parameters
492 *
493 * This structure keeps information about a BSS (and an association
494 * to that BSS) that can change during the lifetime of the BSS.
495 *
41cbb0f5
LC
496 * @bss_color: 6-bit value to mark inter-BSS frame, if BSS supports HE
497 * @htc_trig_based_pkt_ext: default PE in 4us units, if BSS supports HE
498 * @multi_sta_back_32bit: supports BA bitmap of 32-bits in Multi-STA BACK
499 * @uora_exists: is the UORA element advertised by AP
500 * @ack_enabled: indicates support to receive a multi-TID that solicits either
501 * ACK, BACK or both
502 * @uora_ocw_range: UORA element's OCW Range field
503 * @frame_time_rts_th: HE duration RTS threshold, in units of 32us
504 * @he_support: does this BSS support HE
55ebd6e6
EG
505 * @twt_requester: does this BSS support TWT requester (relevant for managed
506 * mode only, set if the AP advertises TWT responder role)
471b3efd 507 * @assoc: association status
8fc214ba
JB
508 * @ibss_joined: indicates whether this station is part of an IBSS
509 * or not
c13a765b 510 * @ibss_creator: indicates if a new IBSS network is being created
471b3efd
JB
511 * @aid: association ID number, valid only when @assoc is true
512 * @use_cts_prot: use CTS protection
ea1b2b45
JB
513 * @use_short_preamble: use 802.11b short preamble
514 * @use_short_slot: use short slot time (only relevant for ERP)
56007a02 515 * @dtim_period: num of beacons before the next DTIM, for beaconing,
c65dd147 516 * valid in station mode only if after the driver was notified
989c6505 517 * with the %BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO flag, will be non-zero then.
8c358bcd 518 * @sync_tsf: last beacon's/probe response's TSF timestamp (could be old
ef429dad
JB
519 * as it may have been received during scanning long ago). If the
520 * HW flag %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY is set, then this can
521 * only come from a beacon, but might not become valid until after
522 * association when a beacon is received (which is notified with the
2ecc3905 523 * %BSS_CHANGED_DTIM flag.). See also sync_dtim_count important notice.
8c358bcd
JB
524 * @sync_device_ts: the device timestamp corresponding to the sync_tsf,
525 * the driver/device can use this to calculate synchronisation
2ecc3905 526 * (see @sync_tsf). See also sync_dtim_count important notice.
ef429dad
JB
527 * @sync_dtim_count: Only valid when %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY
528 * is requested, see @sync_tsf/@sync_device_ts.
2ecc3905
AB
529 * IMPORTANT: These three sync_* parameters would possibly be out of sync
530 * by the time the driver will use them. The synchronized view is currently
531 * guaranteed only in certain callbacks.
21c0cbe7 532 * @beacon_int: beacon interval
98f7dfd8 533 * @assoc_capability: capabilities taken from assoc resp
96dd22ac
JB
534 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates, each bit stands for an
535 * index into the rate table configured by the driver in
536 * the current band.
817cee76 537 * @beacon_rate: associated AP's beacon TX rate
dd5b4cc7 538 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled)
2d0ddec5
JB
539 * @bssid: The BSSID for this BSS
540 * @enable_beacon: whether beaconing should be enabled or not
4bf88530
JB
541 * @chandef: Channel definition for this BSS -- the hardware might be
542 * configured a higher bandwidth than this BSS uses, for example.
23a1f8d4 543 * @mu_group: VHT MU-MIMO group membership data
074d46d1 544 * @ht_operation_mode: HT operation mode like in &struct ieee80211_ht_operation.
22f66895
AA
545 * This field is only valid when the channel is a wide HT/VHT channel.
546 * Note that with TDLS this can be the case (channel is HT, protection must
547 * be used from this field) even when the BSS association isn't using HT.
a97c13c3 548 * @cqm_rssi_thold: Connection quality monitor RSSI threshold, a zero value
e86abc68
JB
549 * implies disabled. As with the cfg80211 callback, a change here should
550 * cause an event to be sent indicating where the current value is in
551 * relation to the newly configured threshold.
2c3c5f8c
AZ
552 * @cqm_rssi_low: Connection quality monitor RSSI lower threshold, a zero value
553 * implies disabled. This is an alternative mechanism to the single
554 * threshold event and can't be enabled simultaneously with it.
555 * @cqm_rssi_high: Connection quality monitor RSSI upper threshold.
a97c13c3 556 * @cqm_rssi_hyst: Connection quality monitor RSSI hysteresis
68542962
JO
557 * @arp_addr_list: List of IPv4 addresses for hardware ARP filtering. The
558 * may filter ARP queries targeted for other addresses than listed here.
559 * The driver must allow ARP queries targeted for all address listed here
560 * to pass through. An empty list implies no ARP queries need to pass.
0f19b41e
JB
561 * @arp_addr_cnt: Number of addresses currently on the list. Note that this
562 * may be larger than %IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN (the arp_addr_list
563 * array size), it's up to the driver what to do in that case.
4ced3f74 564 * @qos: This is a QoS-enabled BSS.
7da7cc1d
JB
565 * @idle: This interface is idle. There's also a global idle flag in the
566 * hardware config which may be more appropriate depending on what
567 * your driver/device needs to do.
ab095877
EP
568 * @ps: power-save mode (STA only). This flag is NOT affected by
569 * offchannel/dynamic_ps operations.
0ca54f6c 570 * @ssid: The SSID of the current vif. Valid in AP and IBSS mode.
7827493b
AN
571 * @ssid_len: Length of SSID given in @ssid.
572 * @hidden_ssid: The SSID of the current vif is hidden. Only valid in AP-mode.
1ea6f9c0 573 * @txpower: TX power in dBm
db82d8a9
LB
574 * @txpower_type: TX power adjustment used to control per packet Transmit
575 * Power Control (TPC) in lower driver for the current vif. In particular
576 * TPC is enabled if value passed in %txpower_type is
577 * NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED (allow using less than specified from
578 * userspace), whereas TPC is disabled if %txpower_type is set to
579 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED (use value configured from userspace)
67baf663 580 * @p2p_noa_attr: P2P NoA attribute for P2P powersave
52cfa1d6
AB
581 * @allow_p2p_go_ps: indication for AP or P2P GO interface, whether it's allowed
582 * to use P2P PS mechanism or not. AP/P2P GO is not allowed to use P2P PS
583 * if it has associated clients without P2P PS support.
e38a017b
AS
584 * @max_idle_period: the time period during which the station can refrain from
585 * transmitting frames to its associated AP without being disassociated.
586 * In units of 1000 TUs. Zero value indicates that the AP did not include
587 * a (valid) BSS Max Idle Period Element.
588 * @protected_keep_alive: if set, indicates that the station should send an RSN
589 * protected frame to the AP to reset the idle timer at the AP for the
590 * station.
bc847970
PKC
591 * @ftm_responder: whether to enable or disable fine timing measurement FTM
592 * responder functionality.
593 * @ftmr_params: configurable lci/civic parameter when enabling FTM responder.
78ac51f8
SS
594 * @nontransmitted: this BSS is a nontransmitted BSS profile
595 * @transmitter_bssid: the address of transmitter AP
596 * @bssid_index: index inside the multiple BSSID set
597 * @bssid_indicator: 2^bssid_indicator is the maximum number of APs in set
598 * @ema_ap: AP supports enhancements of discovery and advertisement of
599 * nontransmitted BSSIDs
600 * @profile_periodicity: the least number of beacon frames need to be received
601 * in order to discover all the nontransmitted BSSIDs in the set.
471b3efd
JB
602 */
603struct ieee80211_bss_conf {
2d0ddec5 604 const u8 *bssid;
41cbb0f5
LC
605 u8 bss_color;
606 u8 htc_trig_based_pkt_ext;
607 bool multi_sta_back_32bit;
608 bool uora_exists;
609 bool ack_enabled;
610 u8 uora_ocw_range;
611 u16 frame_time_rts_th;
612 bool he_support;
55ebd6e6 613 bool twt_requester;
471b3efd 614 /* association related data */
8fc214ba 615 bool assoc, ibss_joined;
c13a765b 616 bool ibss_creator;
471b3efd
JB
617 u16 aid;
618 /* erp related data */
619 bool use_cts_prot;
620 bool use_short_preamble;
9f1ba906 621 bool use_short_slot;
2d0ddec5 622 bool enable_beacon;
98f7dfd8 623 u8 dtim_period;
21c0cbe7
TW
624 u16 beacon_int;
625 u16 assoc_capability;
8c358bcd
JB
626 u64 sync_tsf;
627 u32 sync_device_ts;
ef429dad 628 u8 sync_dtim_count;
881d948c 629 u32 basic_rates;
817cee76 630 struct ieee80211_rate *beacon_rate;
57fbcce3 631 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
9ed6bcce 632 u16 ht_operation_mode;
a97c13c3
JO
633 s32 cqm_rssi_thold;
634 u32 cqm_rssi_hyst;
2c3c5f8c
AZ
635 s32 cqm_rssi_low;
636 s32 cqm_rssi_high;
4bf88530 637 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
23a1f8d4 638 struct ieee80211_mu_group_data mu_group;
68542962 639 __be32 arp_addr_list[IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN];
0f19b41e 640 int arp_addr_cnt;
4ced3f74 641 bool qos;
7da7cc1d 642 bool idle;
ab095877 643 bool ps;
7827493b
AN
644 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
645 size_t ssid_len;
646 bool hidden_ssid;
1ea6f9c0 647 int txpower;
db82d8a9 648 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting txpower_type;
67baf663 649 struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr p2p_noa_attr;
52cfa1d6 650 bool allow_p2p_go_ps;
e38a017b
AS
651 u16 max_idle_period;
652 bool protected_keep_alive;
bc847970
PKC
653 bool ftm_responder;
654 struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params *ftmr_params;
78ac51f8
SS
655 /* Multiple BSSID data */
656 bool nontransmitted;
657 u8 transmitter_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
658 u8 bssid_index;
659 u8 bssid_indicator;
660 bool ema_ap;
661 u8 profile_periodicity;
471b3efd
JB
662};
663
11f4b1ce 664/**
af61a165 665 * enum mac80211_tx_info_flags - flags to describe transmission information/status
e039fa4a 666 *
6ef307bc 667 * These flags are used with the @flags member of &ieee80211_tx_info.
e039fa4a 668 *
7351c6bd 669 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS: require TX status callback for this frame.
e6a9854b
JB
670 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ: The driver has to assign a sequence
671 * number to this frame, taking care of not overwriting the fragment
672 * number and increasing the sequence number only when the
673 * IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT flag is set. mac80211 will properly
674 * assign sequence numbers to QoS-data frames but cannot do so correctly
675 * for non-QoS-data and management frames because beacons need them from
676 * that counter as well and mac80211 cannot guarantee proper sequencing.
677 * If this flag is set, the driver should instruct the hardware to
678 * assign a sequence number to the frame or assign one itself. Cf. IEEE
679 * 802.11-2007 7.1.3.4.1 paragraph 3. This flag will always be set for
680 * beacons and always be clear for frames without a sequence number field.
e039fa4a 681 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK: tell the low level not to wait for an ack
e039fa4a
JB
682 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT: clear powersave filter for destination
683 * station
e039fa4a 684 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT: this is a first fragment of the frame
e039fa4a
JB
685 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM: send this frame after DTIM beacon
686 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU: this frame should be sent as part of an A-MPDU
e6a9854b 687 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED: Frame was injected, internal to mac80211.
e039fa4a 688 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED: The frame was not transmitted
ab5b5342
JB
689 * because the destination STA was in powersave mode. Note that to
690 * avoid race conditions, the filter must be set by the hardware or
691 * firmware upon receiving a frame that indicates that the station
692 * went to sleep (must be done on device to filter frames already on
693 * the queue) and may only be unset after mac80211 gives the OK for
694 * that by setting the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT (see above),
695 * since only then is it guaranteed that no more frames are in the
696 * hardware queue.
e039fa4a
JB
697 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK: Frame was acknowledged
698 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU: The frame was aggregated, so status
699 * is for the whole aggregation.
429a3805
RR
700 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK: no block ack was returned,
701 * so consider using block ack request (BAR).
e6a9854b
JB
702 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE: internal to mac80211, can be
703 * set by rate control algorithms to indicate probe rate, will
704 * be cleared for fragmented frames (except on the last fragment)
6c17b77b
SF
705 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK: Internal to mac80211. Used to indicate
706 * that a frame can be transmitted while the queues are stopped for
707 * off-channel operation.
cd8ffc80
JB
708 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING: completely internal to mac80211,
709 * used to indicate that a pending frame requires TX processing before
710 * it can be sent out.
8f77f384
JB
711 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED: completely internal to mac80211,
712 * used to indicate that a frame was already retried due to PS
3b8d81e0
JB
713 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT: completely internal to mac80211,
714 * used to indicate frame should not be encrypted
02f2f1a9
JB
715 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER: This frame is a response to a poll
716 * frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD) or a non-bufferable MMPDU and must
717 * be sent although the station is in powersave mode.
ad5351db
JB
718 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES: More frames will be passed to the
719 * transmit function after the current frame, this can be used
720 * by drivers to kick the DMA queue only if unset or when the
721 * queue gets full.
c6fcf6bc
JB
722 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION: This frame is being retransmitted
723 * after TX status because the destination was asleep, it must not
724 * be modified again (no seqno assignment, crypto, etc.)
1672c0e3
JB
725 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX: This frame was transmitted by the MLME
726 * code for connection establishment, this indicates that its status
727 * should kick the MLME state machine.
026331c4
JM
728 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX: Frame was requested through nl80211
729 * MLME command (internal to mac80211 to figure out whether to send TX
730 * status to user space)
0a56bd0a 731 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC: tells the driver to use LDPC for this frame
f79d9bad
FF
732 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC: Enables Space-Time Block Coding (STBC) for this
733 * frame and selects the maximum number of streams that it can use.
610dbc98
JB
734 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN: Marks this packet to be transmitted on
735 * the off-channel channel when a remain-on-channel offload is done
736 * in hardware -- normal packets still flow and are expected to be
737 * handled properly by the device.
681d1190
JM
738 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE: Marks this packet to be used for TKIP
739 * testing. It will be sent out with incorrect Michael MIC key to allow
740 * TKIP countermeasures to be tested.
aad14ceb
RM
741 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE: This frame will be sent at non CCK rate.
742 * This flag is actually used for management frame especially for P2P
743 * frames not being sent at CCK rate in 2GHz band.
47086fc5
JB
744 * @IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP: This packet marks the end of service period,
745 * when its status is reported the service period ends. For frames in
746 * an SP that mac80211 transmits, it is already set; for driver frames
deeaee19
JB
747 * the driver may set this flag. It is also used to do the same for
748 * PS-Poll responses.
b6f35301
RM
749 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE: This frame will be sent at lowest rate.
750 * This flag is used to send nullfunc frame at minimum rate when
751 * the nullfunc is used for connection monitoring purpose.
a26eb27a
JB
752 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG: Don't fragment this packet even if it
753 * would be fragmented by size (this is optional, only used for
754 * monitor injection).
5cf16616
SM
755 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED: A frame that was marked with
756 * IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK has been successfully transmitted without
757 * any errors (like issues specific to the driver/HW).
758 * This flag must not be set for frames that don't request no-ack
759 * behaviour with IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK.
eb7d3066
CL
760 *
761 * Note: If you have to add new flags to the enumeration, then don't
762 * forget to update %IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS when necessary.
11f4b1ce 763 */
af61a165 764enum mac80211_tx_info_flags {
e039fa4a 765 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS = BIT(0),
e6a9854b
JB
766 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ = BIT(1),
767 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK = BIT(2),
768 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT = BIT(3),
769 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT = BIT(4),
770 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM = BIT(5),
771 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU = BIT(6),
772 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED = BIT(7),
773 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED = BIT(8),
774 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK = BIT(9),
775 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU = BIT(10),
776 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK = BIT(11),
777 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE = BIT(12),
6c17b77b 778 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK = BIT(13),
cd8ffc80 779 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING = BIT(14),
8f77f384 780 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED = BIT(15),
3b8d81e0 781 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT = BIT(16),
02f2f1a9 782 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER = BIT(17),
ad5351db 783 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES = BIT(18),
c6fcf6bc 784 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION = BIT(19),
1672c0e3 785 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX = BIT(20),
026331c4 786 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX = BIT(21),
0a56bd0a 787 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC = BIT(22),
f79d9bad 788 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC = BIT(23) | BIT(24),
21f83589 789 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN = BIT(25),
681d1190 790 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE = BIT(26),
aad14ceb 791 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE = BIT(27),
47086fc5 792 IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP = BIT(28),
b6f35301 793 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE = BIT(29),
a26eb27a 794 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG = BIT(30),
5cf16616 795 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED = BIT(31),
11f4b1ce
RR
796};
797
abe37c4b
JB
798#define IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC_SHIFT 23
799
af61a165
JB
800/**
801 * enum mac80211_tx_control_flags - flags to describe transmit control
802 *
803 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO: this frame is a port control
804 * protocol frame (e.g. EAP)
6b127c71
SM
805 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE: This frame is a response to a poll
806 * frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD).
dfdfc2be 807 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT: This frame is injected with rate information
6e0456b5 808 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU: This frame is an A-MSDU frame
bb42f2d1 809 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT: This frame is going through the fast_xmit path
8828f81a 810 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_SKIP_MPATH_LOOKUP: This frame skips mesh path lookup
af61a165
JB
811 *
812 * These flags are used in tx_info->control.flags.
813 */
814enum mac80211_tx_control_flags {
815 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO = BIT(0),
6b127c71 816 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE = BIT(1),
dfdfc2be 817 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT = BIT(2),
6e0456b5 818 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU = BIT(3),
bb42f2d1 819 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT = BIT(4),
8828f81a 820 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_SKIP_MPATH_LOOKUP = BIT(5),
af61a165
JB
821};
822
eb7d3066
CL
823/*
824 * This definition is used as a mask to clear all temporary flags, which are
825 * set by the tx handlers for each transmission attempt by the mac80211 stack.
826 */
827#define IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS (IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK | \
828 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT | \
829 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU | \
830 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK | \
831 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK | \
02f2f1a9 832 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER | \
eb7d3066 833 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC | \
47086fc5 834 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC | IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP)
eb7d3066 835
2134e7e7
S
836/**
837 * enum mac80211_rate_control_flags - per-rate flags set by the
838 * Rate Control algorithm.
839 *
840 * These flags are set by the Rate control algorithm for each rate during tx,
841 * in the @flags member of struct ieee80211_tx_rate.
842 *
843 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS: Use RTS/CTS exchange for this rate.
844 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT: CTS-to-self protection is required.
845 * This is set if the current BSS requires ERP protection.
846 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Use short preamble.
847 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS: HT rate.
8bc83c24
JB
848 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS: VHT MCS rate, in this case the idx field is split
849 * into a higher 4 bits (Nss) and lower 4 bits (MCS number)
2134e7e7
S
850 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD: Indicates whether this rate should be used in
851 * Greenfield mode.
852 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates if the Channel Width should be 40 MHz.
8bc83c24
JB
853 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 80 MHz transmission
854 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 160 MHz transmission
855 * (80+80 isn't supported yet)
2134e7e7
S
856 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA: The frame should be transmitted on both of the
857 * adjacent 20 MHz channels, if the current channel type is
858 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS or NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS.
859 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI: Short Guard interval should be used for this rate.
860 */
e6a9854b
JB
861enum mac80211_rate_control_flags {
862 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS = BIT(0),
863 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT = BIT(1),
864 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = BIT(2),
865
8bc83c24 866 /* rate index is an HT/VHT MCS instead of an index */
e6a9854b
JB
867 IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS = BIT(3),
868 IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD = BIT(4),
869 IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(5),
870 IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA = BIT(6),
871 IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI = BIT(7),
8bc83c24
JB
872 IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS = BIT(8),
873 IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(9),
874 IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(10),
e6a9854b
JB
875};
876
877
878/* there are 40 bytes if you don't need the rateset to be kept */
879#define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 40
8318d78a 880
e6a9854b
JB
881/* if you do need the rateset, then you have less space */
882#define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 24
1c014420 883
e6a9854b 884/* maximum number of rate stages */
e3e1a0bc 885#define IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES 4
870abdf6 886
0d528d85
FF
887/* maximum number of rate table entries */
888#define IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE 4
889
870abdf6 890/**
e6a9854b 891 * struct ieee80211_tx_rate - rate selection/status
870abdf6 892 *
e6a9854b
JB
893 * @idx: rate index to attempt to send with
894 * @flags: rate control flags (&enum mac80211_rate_control_flags)
e25cf4a6 895 * @count: number of tries in this rate before going to the next rate
e6a9854b
JB
896 *
897 * A value of -1 for @idx indicates an invalid rate and, if used
898 * in an array of retry rates, that no more rates should be tried.
899 *
900 * When used for transmit status reporting, the driver should
901 * always report the rate along with the flags it used.
c555b9b3
JB
902 *
903 * &struct ieee80211_tx_info contains an array of these structs
904 * in the control information, and it will be filled by the rate
905 * control algorithm according to what should be sent. For example,
906 * if this array contains, in the format { <idx>, <count> } the
b4f7f4ad
JN
907 * information::
908 *
c555b9b3 909 * { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 4 }, { -1, 0 }, { -1, 0 }
b4f7f4ad 910 *
c555b9b3
JB
911 * then this means that the frame should be transmitted
912 * up to twice at rate 3, up to twice at rate 2, and up to four
913 * times at rate 1 if it doesn't get acknowledged. Say it gets
914 * acknowledged by the peer after the fifth attempt, the status
b4f7f4ad
JN
915 * information should then contain::
916 *
c555b9b3 917 * { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 1 }, { -1, 0 } ...
b4f7f4ad 918 *
c555b9b3
JB
919 * since it was transmitted twice at rate 3, twice at rate 2
920 * and once at rate 1 after which we received an acknowledgement.
870abdf6 921 */
e6a9854b
JB
922struct ieee80211_tx_rate {
923 s8 idx;
8bc83c24
JB
924 u16 count:5,
925 flags:11;
3f30fc15 926} __packed;
870abdf6 927
8bc83c24
JB
928#define IEEE80211_MAX_TX_RETRY 31
929
930static inline void ieee80211_rate_set_vht(struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate,
931 u8 mcs, u8 nss)
932{
933 WARN_ON(mcs & ~0xF);
6bc8312f
KB
934 WARN_ON((nss - 1) & ~0x7);
935 rate->idx = ((nss - 1) << 4) | mcs;
8bc83c24
JB
936}
937
938static inline u8
939ieee80211_rate_get_vht_mcs(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate)
940{
941 return rate->idx & 0xF;
942}
943
944static inline u8
945ieee80211_rate_get_vht_nss(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate)
946{
6bc8312f 947 return (rate->idx >> 4) + 1;
8bc83c24
JB
948}
949
e039fa4a
JB
950/**
951 * struct ieee80211_tx_info - skb transmit information
952 *
953 * This structure is placed in skb->cb for three uses:
954 * (1) mac80211 TX control - mac80211 tells the driver what to do
955 * (2) driver internal use (if applicable)
956 * (3) TX status information - driver tells mac80211 what happened
957 *
958 * @flags: transmit info flags, defined above
e6a9854b 959 * @band: the band to transmit on (use for checking for races)
3a25a8c8 960 * @hw_queue: HW queue to put the frame on, skb_get_queue_mapping() gives the AC
a729cff8 961 * @ack_frame_id: internal frame ID for TX status, used internally
7d419463
JB
962 * @control: union part for control data
963 * @control.rates: TX rates array to try
964 * @control.rts_cts_rate_idx: rate for RTS or CTS
965 * @control.use_rts: use RTS
966 * @control.use_cts_prot: use RTS/CTS
967 * @control.short_preamble: use short preamble (CCK only)
968 * @control.skip_table: skip externally configured rate table
969 * @control.jiffies: timestamp for expiry on powersave clients
970 * @control.vif: virtual interface (may be NULL)
971 * @control.hw_key: key to encrypt with (may be NULL)
972 * @control.flags: control flags, see &enum mac80211_tx_control_flags
973 * @control.enqueue_time: enqueue time (for iTXQs)
974 * @driver_rates: alias to @control.rates to reserve space
975 * @pad: padding
976 * @rate_driver_data: driver use area if driver needs @control.rates
977 * @status: union part for status data
978 * @status.rates: attempted rates
979 * @status.ack_signal: ACK signal
980 * @status.ampdu_ack_len: AMPDU ack length
981 * @status.ampdu_len: AMPDU length
982 * @status.antenna: (legacy, kept only for iwlegacy)
983 * @status.tx_time: airtime consumed for transmission
984 * @status.is_valid_ack_signal: ACK signal is valid
985 * @status.status_driver_data: driver use area
986 * @ack: union part for pure ACK data
987 * @ack.cookie: cookie for the ACK
6ef307bc 988 * @driver_data: array of driver_data pointers
599bf6a4 989 * @ampdu_ack_len: number of acked aggregated frames.
93d95b12 990 * relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set.
599bf6a4 991 * @ampdu_len: number of aggregated frames.
93d95b12 992 * relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set.
e039fa4a 993 * @ack_signal: signal strength of the ACK frame
1c014420 994 */
e039fa4a
JB
995struct ieee80211_tx_info {
996 /* common information */
997 u32 flags;
998 u8 band;
e6a9854b 999
3a25a8c8 1000 u8 hw_queue;
2e92e6f2 1001
a729cff8 1002 u16 ack_frame_id;
e039fa4a
JB
1003
1004 union {
1005 struct {
e6a9854b
JB
1006 union {
1007 /* rate control */
1008 struct {
1009 struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[
1010 IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
1011 s8 rts_cts_rate_idx;
991fec09
FF
1012 u8 use_rts:1;
1013 u8 use_cts_prot:1;
0d528d85
FF
1014 u8 short_preamble:1;
1015 u8 skip_table:1;
991fec09 1016 /* 2 bytes free */
e6a9854b
JB
1017 };
1018 /* only needed before rate control */
1019 unsigned long jiffies;
1020 };
25d834e1 1021 /* NB: vif can be NULL for injected frames */
53168215 1022 struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
e039fa4a 1023 struct ieee80211_key_conf *hw_key;
af61a165 1024 u32 flags;
53168215 1025 codel_time_t enqueue_time;
e039fa4a 1026 } control;
3b79af97
JB
1027 struct {
1028 u64 cookie;
1029 } ack;
e039fa4a 1030 struct {
e6a9854b 1031 struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
a0f995a5 1032 s32 ack_signal;
e3e1a0bc 1033 u8 ampdu_ack_len;
599bf6a4 1034 u8 ampdu_len;
d748b464 1035 u8 antenna;
02219b3a 1036 u16 tx_time;
a78b26ff 1037 bool is_valid_ack_signal;
02219b3a 1038 void *status_driver_data[19 / sizeof(void *)];
e039fa4a 1039 } status;
e6a9854b
JB
1040 struct {
1041 struct ieee80211_tx_rate driver_rates[
1042 IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
0d528d85
FF
1043 u8 pad[4];
1044
e6a9854b
JB
1045 void *rate_driver_data[
1046 IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)];
1047 };
1048 void *driver_data[
1049 IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)];
e039fa4a 1050 };
f0706e82
JB
1051};
1052
18fb84d9
FF
1053/**
1054 * struct ieee80211_tx_status - extended tx staus info for rate control
1055 *
1056 * @sta: Station that the packet was transmitted for
1057 * @info: Basic tx status information
1058 * @skb: Packet skb (can be NULL if not provided by the driver)
1059 */
1060struct ieee80211_tx_status {
1061 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
1062 struct ieee80211_tx_info *info;
1063 struct sk_buff *skb;
1064};
1065
c56ef672
DS
1066/**
1067 * struct ieee80211_scan_ies - descriptors for different blocks of IEs
1068 *
633e2713
DS
1069 * This structure is used to point to different blocks of IEs in HW scan
1070 * and scheduled scan. These blocks contain the IEs passed by userspace
1071 * and the ones generated by mac80211.
c56ef672
DS
1072 *
1073 * @ies: pointers to band specific IEs.
1074 * @len: lengths of band_specific IEs.
1075 * @common_ies: IEs for all bands (especially vendor specific ones)
1076 * @common_ie_len: length of the common_ies
1077 */
1078struct ieee80211_scan_ies {
57fbcce3
JB
1079 const u8 *ies[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1080 size_t len[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
c56ef672
DS
1081 const u8 *common_ies;
1082 size_t common_ie_len;
1083};
1084
1085
e039fa4a
JB
1086static inline struct ieee80211_tx_info *IEEE80211_SKB_CB(struct sk_buff *skb)
1087{
1088 return (struct ieee80211_tx_info *)skb->cb;
1089}
7ac1bd6a 1090
f1d58c25
JB
1091static inline struct ieee80211_rx_status *IEEE80211_SKB_RXCB(struct sk_buff *skb)
1092{
1093 return (struct ieee80211_rx_status *)skb->cb;
1094}
1095
e6a9854b
JB
1096/**
1097 * ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status - clear TX status
1098 *
1099 * @info: The &struct ieee80211_tx_info to be cleared.
1100 *
1101 * When the driver passes an skb back to mac80211, it must report
1102 * a number of things in TX status. This function clears everything
1103 * in the TX status but the rate control information (it does clear
1104 * the count since you need to fill that in anyway).
1105 *
1106 * NOTE: You can only use this function if you do NOT use
1107 * info->driver_data! Use info->rate_driver_data
1108 * instead if you need only the less space that allows.
1109 */
1110static inline void
1111ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status(struct ieee80211_tx_info *info)
1112{
1113 int i;
1114
1115 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) !=
1116 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, control.rates));
1117 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) !=
1118 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, driver_rates));
1119 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) != 8);
1120 /* clear the rate counts */
1121 for (i = 0; i < IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES; i++)
1122 info->status.rates[i].count = 0;
1123
1124 BUILD_BUG_ON(
e3e1a0bc 1125 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.ack_signal) != 20);
e6a9854b
JB
1126 memset(&info->status.ampdu_ack_len, 0,
1127 sizeof(struct ieee80211_tx_info) -
1128 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.ampdu_ack_len));
1129}
1130
7ac1bd6a
JB
1131
1132/**
1133 * enum mac80211_rx_flags - receive flags
1134 *
1135 * These flags are used with the @flag member of &struct ieee80211_rx_status.
1136 * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR: Michael MIC error was reported on this frame.
1137 * Use together with %RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED.
1138 * @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED: This frame was decrypted in hardware.
7ac1bd6a
JB
1139 * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED: the Michael MIC is stripped off this frame,
1140 * verification has been done by the hardware.
cef0acd4 1141 * @RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED: The IV and ICV are stripped from this frame.
7ac1bd6a
JB
1142 * If this flag is set, the stack cannot do any replay detection
1143 * hence the driver or hardware will have to do that.
981d94a8
JB
1144 * @RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED: Currently only valid for CCMP/GCMP frames, this
1145 * flag indicates that the PN was verified for replay protection.
1146 * Note that this flag is also currently only supported when a frame
1147 * is also decrypted (ie. @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED must be set)
84ea3a18
LB
1148 * @RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED: The driver should set this flag if it did
1149 * de-duplication by itself.
72abd81b
JB
1150 * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC: Set this flag if the FCS check failed on
1151 * the frame.
1152 * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC: Set this flag if the PCLP check failed on
1153 * the frame.
f4bda337 1154 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
6ebacbb7
JB
1155 * field) is valid and contains the time the first symbol of the MPDU
1156 * was received. This is useful in monitor mode and for proper IBSS
1157 * merging.
f4bda337
TP
1158 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
1159 * field) is valid and contains the time the last symbol of the MPDU
1160 * (including FCS) was received.
f4a0f0c5
JB
1161 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
1162 * field) is valid and contains the time the SYNC preamble was received.
fe8431f8
FF
1163 * @RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL: The signal strength value is not present.
1164 * Valid only for data frames (mainly A-MPDU)
4c298677
JB
1165 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS: A-MPDU details are known, in particular the reference
1166 * number (@ampdu_reference) must be populated and be a distinct number for
1167 * each A-MPDU
4c298677
JB
1168 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN: last subframe is known, should be set on all
1169 * subframes of a single A-MPDU
1170 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST: this subframe is the last subframe of the A-MPDU
1171 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR: A delimiter CRC error has been detected
1172 * on this subframe
1173 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN: The delimiter CRC field is known (the CRC
1174 * is stored in the @ampdu_delimiter_crc field)
f980ebc0
SS
1175 * @RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED: The mic was stripped of this packet. Decryption was
1176 * done by the hardware
17883048
GB
1177 * @RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR: Report frame only to monitor interfaces without
1178 * processing it in any regular way.
1179 * This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report
1180 * them for sniffing purposes.
1181 * @RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR: Process and report frame to all interfaces except
1182 * monitor interfaces.
1183 * This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report
1184 * them for sniffing purposes.
0cfcefef
MK
1185 * @RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE: Some drivers may prefer to report separate A-MSDU
1186 * subframes instead of a one huge frame for performance reasons.
1187 * All, but the last MSDU from an A-MSDU should have this flag set. E.g.
1188 * if an A-MSDU has 3 frames, the first 2 must have the flag set, while
1189 * the 3rd (last) one must not have this flag set. The flag is used to
1190 * deal with retransmission/duplication recovery properly since A-MSDU
1191 * subframes share the same sequence number. Reported subframes can be
1192 * either regular MSDU or singly A-MSDUs. Subframes must not be
1193 * interleaved with other frames.
1f7bba79
JB
1194 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_VENDOR_DATA: This frame contains vendor-specific
1195 * radiotap data in the skb->data (before the frame) as described by
1196 * the &struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap.
f631a77b
SS
1197 * @RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN: Allow the same PN as same packet before.
1198 * This is used for AMSDU subframes which can have the same PN as
1199 * the first subframe.
cef0acd4
DS
1200 * @RX_FLAG_ICV_STRIPPED: The ICV is stripped from this frame. CRC checking must
1201 * be done in the hardware.
7299d6f7
JB
1202 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT: Value of the EOF bit in the A-MPDU delimiter for this
1203 * frame
1204 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT_KNOWN: The EOF value is known
41cbb0f5
LC
1205 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE: HE radiotap data is present
1206 * (&struct ieee80211_radiotap_he, mac80211 will fill in
7d419463 1207 *
41cbb0f5
LC
1208 * - DATA3_DATA_MCS
1209 * - DATA3_DATA_DCM
1210 * - DATA3_CODING
1211 * - DATA5_GI
1212 * - DATA5_DATA_BW_RU_ALLOC
1213 * - DATA6_NSTS
1214 * - DATA3_STBC
7d419463 1215 *
41cbb0f5
LC
1216 * from the RX info data, so leave those zeroed when building this data)
1217 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE_MU: HE MU radiotap data is present
1218 * (&struct ieee80211_radiotap_he_mu)
d1332e7b 1219 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_LSIG: L-SIG radiotap data is present
c3d1f875
ST
1220 * @RX_FLAG_NO_PSDU: use the frame only for radiotap reporting, with
1221 * the "0-length PSDU" field included there. The value for it is
1222 * in &struct ieee80211_rx_status. Note that if this value isn't
1223 * known the frame shouldn't be reported.
7ac1bd6a
JB
1224 */
1225enum mac80211_rx_flags {
4c298677
JB
1226 RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR = BIT(0),
1227 RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED = BIT(1),
f4a0f0c5 1228 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START = BIT(2),
4c298677
JB
1229 RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED = BIT(3),
1230 RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED = BIT(4),
1231 RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC = BIT(5),
1232 RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC = BIT(6),
f4bda337 1233 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START = BIT(7),
7fdd69c5
JB
1234 RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL = BIT(8),
1235 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS = BIT(9),
1236 RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED = BIT(10),
1237 RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED = BIT(11),
1238 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN = BIT(12),
1239 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST = BIT(13),
1240 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR = BIT(14),
1241 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN = BIT(15),
1242 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END = BIT(16),
1243 RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR = BIT(17),
1244 RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR = BIT(18),
1245 RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE = BIT(19),
1246 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_VENDOR_DATA = BIT(20),
1247 RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED = BIT(21),
1248 RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN = BIT(22),
1249 RX_FLAG_ICV_STRIPPED = BIT(23),
7299d6f7
JB
1250 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT = BIT(24),
1251 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT_KNOWN = BIT(25),
41cbb0f5
LC
1252 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE = BIT(26),
1253 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE_MU = BIT(27),
d1332e7b 1254 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_LSIG = BIT(28),
c3d1f875 1255 RX_FLAG_NO_PSDU = BIT(29),
7ac1bd6a
JB
1256};
1257
1b8d242a 1258/**
7fdd69c5 1259 * enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags - MCS & bandwidth flags
1b8d242a 1260 *
7fdd69c5 1261 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE: Short preamble was used for this frame
7fdd69c5
JB
1262 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI: Short guard interval was used
1263 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF: This frame was received in a HT-greenfield transmission,
1264 * if the driver fills this value it should add
1265 * %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_FMT
7d419463 1266 * to @hw.radiotap_mcs_details to advertise that fact.
7fdd69c5
JB
1267 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC: LDPC was used
1268 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK: STBC 2 bit bitmask. 1 - Nss=1, 2 - Nss=2, 3 - Nss=3
7fdd69c5 1269 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_BF: packet was beamformed
1b8d242a 1270 */
7fdd69c5
JB
1271enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags {
1272 RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE = BIT(0),
da6a4352
JB
1273 RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI = BIT(2),
1274 RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF = BIT(3),
1275 RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK = BIT(4) | BIT(5),
1276 RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC = BIT(6),
1277 RX_ENC_FLAG_BF = BIT(7),
1b8d242a
EG
1278};
1279
da6a4352
JB
1280#define RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT 4
1281
1282enum mac80211_rx_encoding {
1283 RX_ENC_LEGACY = 0,
1284 RX_ENC_HT,
1285 RX_ENC_VHT,
41cbb0f5 1286 RX_ENC_HE,
da6a4352 1287};
7fdd69c5 1288
7ac1bd6a
JB
1289/**
1290 * struct ieee80211_rx_status - receive status
1291 *
1292 * The low-level driver should provide this information (the subset
1293 * supported by hardware) to the 802.11 code with each received
f1d58c25 1294 * frame, in the skb's control buffer (cb).
566bfe5a 1295 *
c132bec3
BR
1296 * @mactime: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization Function
1297 * (TSF) timer when the first data symbol (MPDU) arrived at the hardware.
162dd6a7
JB
1298 * @boottime_ns: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp the frame was received at, this is
1299 * needed only for beacons and probe responses that update the scan cache.
8c358bcd
JB
1300 * @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, mac80211 doesn't use
1301 * it but can store it and pass it back to the driver for synchronisation
8318d78a 1302 * @band: the active band when this frame was received
7ac1bd6a 1303 * @freq: frequency the radio was tuned to when receiving this frame, in MHz
4352a4d7
JB
1304 * This field must be set for management frames, but isn't strictly needed
1305 * for data (other) frames - for those it only affects radiotap reporting.
566bfe5a
BR
1306 * @signal: signal strength when receiving this frame, either in dBm, in dB or
1307 * unspecified depending on the hardware capabilities flags
1308 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_*
ef0621e8
FF
1309 * @chains: bitmask of receive chains for which separate signal strength
1310 * values were filled.
1311 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength, in dBm (unlike @signal, doesn't
1312 * support dB or unspecified units)
7ac1bd6a 1313 * @antenna: antenna used
0fb8ca45 1314 * @rate_idx: index of data rate into band's supported rates or MCS index if
5614618e 1315 * HT or VHT is used (%RX_FLAG_HT/%RX_FLAG_VHT)
8613c948 1316 * @nss: number of streams (VHT and HE only)
b4f7f4ad 1317 * @flag: %RX_FLAG_\*
da6a4352
JB
1318 * @encoding: &enum mac80211_rx_encoding
1319 * @bw: &enum rate_info_bw
7fdd69c5 1320 * @enc_flags: uses bits from &enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags
41cbb0f5
LC
1321 * @he_ru: HE RU, from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc
1322 * @he_gi: HE GI, from &enum nl80211_he_gi
1323 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value
554891e6 1324 * @rx_flags: internal RX flags for mac80211
4c298677
JB
1325 * @ampdu_reference: A-MPDU reference number, must be a different value for
1326 * each A-MPDU but the same for each subframe within one A-MPDU
1327 * @ampdu_delimiter_crc: A-MPDU delimiter CRC
c3d1f875 1328 * @zero_length_psdu_type: radiotap type of the 0-length PSDU
7ac1bd6a 1329 */
f0706e82
JB
1330struct ieee80211_rx_status {
1331 u64 mactime;
162dd6a7 1332 u64 boottime_ns;
8c358bcd 1333 u32 device_timestamp;
4c298677 1334 u32 ampdu_reference;
7fdd69c5 1335 u32 flag;
30f42292 1336 u16 freq;
da6a4352 1337 u8 enc_flags;
41cbb0f5
LC
1338 u8 encoding:2, bw:3, he_ru:3;
1339 u8 he_gi:2, he_dcm:1;
30f42292 1340 u8 rate_idx;
8613c948 1341 u8 nss;
30f42292
JB
1342 u8 rx_flags;
1343 u8 band;
1344 u8 antenna;
1345 s8 signal;
ef0621e8
FF
1346 u8 chains;
1347 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
4c298677 1348 u8 ampdu_delimiter_crc;
c3d1f875 1349 u8 zero_length_psdu_type;
f0706e82
JB
1350};
1351
1f7bba79
JB
1352/**
1353 * struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap - vendor radiotap data information
1354 * @present: presence bitmap for this vendor namespace
1355 * (this could be extended in the future if any vendor needs more
1356 * bits, the radiotap spec does allow for that)
1357 * @align: radiotap vendor namespace alignment. This defines the needed
1358 * alignment for the @data field below, not for the vendor namespace
1359 * description itself (which has a fixed 2-byte alignment)
1360 * Must be a power of two, and be set to at least 1!
1361 * @oui: radiotap vendor namespace OUI
1362 * @subns: radiotap vendor sub namespace
1363 * @len: radiotap vendor sub namespace skip length, if alignment is done
1364 * then that's added to this, i.e. this is only the length of the
1365 * @data field.
1366 * @pad: number of bytes of padding after the @data, this exists so that
1367 * the skb data alignment can be preserved even if the data has odd
1368 * length
1369 * @data: the actual vendor namespace data
1370 *
1371 * This struct, including the vendor data, goes into the skb->data before
1372 * the 802.11 header. It's split up in mac80211 using the align/oui/subns
1373 * data.
1374 */
1375struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap {
1376 u32 present;
1377 u8 align;
1378 u8 oui[3];
1379 u8 subns;
1380 u8 pad;
1381 u16 len;
1382 u8 data[];
1383} __packed;
1384
6b301cdf
JB
1385/**
1386 * enum ieee80211_conf_flags - configuration flags
1387 *
1388 * Flags to define PHY configuration options
1389 *
0869aea0
JB
1390 * @IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR: there's a monitor interface present -- use this
1391 * to determine for example whether to calculate timestamps for packets
1392 * or not, do not use instead of filter flags!
c99445b1
KV
1393 * @IEEE80211_CONF_PS: Enable 802.11 power save mode (managed mode only).
1394 * This is the power save mode defined by IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2,
1395 * meaning that the hardware still wakes up for beacons, is able to
1396 * transmit frames and receive the possible acknowledgment frames.
1397 * Not to be confused with hardware specific wakeup/sleep states,
1398 * driver is responsible for that. See the section "Powersave support"
1399 * for more.
5cff20e6
JB
1400 * @IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE: The device is running, but idle; if the flag is set
1401 * the driver should be prepared to handle configuration requests but
1402 * may turn the device off as much as possible. Typically, this flag will
1403 * be set when an interface is set UP but not associated or scanning, but
1404 * it can also be unset in that case when monitor interfaces are active.
45521245
FF
1405 * @IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL: The device is currently not on its main
1406 * operating channel.
6b301cdf
JB
1407 */
1408enum ieee80211_conf_flags {
0869aea0 1409 IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR = (1<<0),
ae5eb026 1410 IEEE80211_CONF_PS = (1<<1),
5cff20e6 1411 IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE = (1<<2),
45521245 1412 IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL = (1<<3),
6b301cdf 1413};
f0706e82 1414
7a5158ef 1415
e8975581
JB
1416/**
1417 * enum ieee80211_conf_changed - denotes which configuration changed
1418 *
e8975581 1419 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL: the listen interval changed
0869aea0 1420 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR: the monitor flag changed
e255d5eb 1421 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS: the PS flag or dynamic PS timeout changed
e8975581 1422 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER: the TX power changed
4797938c 1423 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL: the channel/channel_type changed
9124b077 1424 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS: retry limits changed
5cff20e6 1425 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE: Idle flag changed
0f78231b 1426 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS: Spatial multiplexing powersave mode changed
04ecd257
JB
1427 * Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used,
1428 * otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed.
e8975581
JB
1429 */
1430enum ieee80211_conf_changed {
0f78231b 1431 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS = BIT(1),
e8975581 1432 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL = BIT(2),
0869aea0 1433 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR = BIT(3),
e8975581 1434 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS = BIT(4),
e255d5eb
JB
1435 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER = BIT(5),
1436 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL = BIT(6),
1437 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS = BIT(7),
5cff20e6 1438 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE = BIT(8),
e8975581
JB
1439};
1440
0f78231b
JB
1441/**
1442 * enum ieee80211_smps_mode - spatial multiplexing power save mode
1443 *
9d173fc5
KV
1444 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC: automatic
1445 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF: off
1446 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC: static
1447 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic
1448 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES: internal, don't use
0f78231b
JB
1449 */
1450enum ieee80211_smps_mode {
1451 IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC,
1452 IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF,
1453 IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC,
1454 IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
1455
1456 /* keep last */
1457 IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES,
1458};
1459
f0706e82
JB
1460/**
1461 * struct ieee80211_conf - configuration of the device
1462 *
1463 * This struct indicates how the driver shall configure the hardware.
1464 *
04fe2037
JB
1465 * @flags: configuration flags defined above
1466 *
ea95bba4 1467 * @listen_interval: listen interval in units of beacon interval
56007a02
JB
1468 * @ps_dtim_period: The DTIM period of the AP we're connected to, for use
1469 * in power saving. Power saving will not be enabled until a beacon
1470 * has been received and the DTIM period is known.
04fe2037
JB
1471 * @dynamic_ps_timeout: The dynamic powersave timeout (in ms), see the
1472 * powersave documentation below. This variable is valid only when
1473 * the CONF_PS flag is set.
1474 *
1ea6f9c0
JB
1475 * @power_level: requested transmit power (in dBm), backward compatibility
1476 * value only that is set to the minimum of all interfaces
04fe2037 1477 *
675a0b04 1478 * @chandef: the channel definition to tune to
164eb02d 1479 * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled
04fe2037 1480 *
9124b077 1481 * @long_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "long" frame
ad24b0da
JB
1482 * (a frame not RTS protected), called "dot11LongRetryLimit" in 802.11,
1483 * but actually means the number of transmissions not the number of retries
9124b077 1484 * @short_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "short"
ad24b0da
JB
1485 * frame, called "dot11ShortRetryLimit" in 802.11, but actually means the
1486 * number of transmissions not the number of retries
0f78231b
JB
1487 *
1488 * @smps_mode: spatial multiplexing powersave mode; note that
1489 * %IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC is used when the device is not
04ecd257
JB
1490 * configured for an HT channel.
1491 * Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used,
1492 * otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed.
f0706e82
JB
1493 */
1494struct ieee80211_conf {
6b301cdf 1495 u32 flags;
ff616381 1496 int power_level, dynamic_ps_timeout;
10816d40 1497
e8975581 1498 u16 listen_interval;
56007a02 1499 u8 ps_dtim_period;
e8975581 1500
9124b077
JB
1501 u8 long_frame_max_tx_count, short_frame_max_tx_count;
1502
675a0b04 1503 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
164eb02d 1504 bool radar_enabled;
0f78231b 1505 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
f0706e82
JB
1506};
1507
5ce6e438
JB
1508/**
1509 * struct ieee80211_channel_switch - holds the channel switch data
1510 *
1511 * The information provided in this structure is required for channel switch
1512 * operation.
1513 *
1514 * @timestamp: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization
1515 * Function (TSF) timer when the frame containing the channel switch
1516 * announcement was received. This is simply the rx.mactime parameter
1517 * the driver passed into mac80211.
2ba45384
LC
1518 * @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, this is the
1519 * rx.device_timestamp parameter the driver passed to mac80211.
5ce6e438
JB
1520 * @block_tx: Indicates whether transmission must be blocked before the
1521 * scheduled channel switch, as indicated by the AP.
85220d71 1522 * @chandef: the new channel to switch to
5ce6e438 1523 * @count: the number of TBTT's until the channel switch event
ee145775
SS
1524 * @delay: maximum delay between the time the AP transmitted the last beacon in
1525 * current channel and the expected time of the first beacon in the new
1526 * channel, expressed in TU.
5ce6e438
JB
1527 */
1528struct ieee80211_channel_switch {
1529 u64 timestamp;
2ba45384 1530 u32 device_timestamp;
5ce6e438 1531 bool block_tx;
85220d71 1532 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
5ce6e438 1533 u8 count;
ee145775 1534 u32 delay;
5ce6e438
JB
1535};
1536
c1288b12
JB
1537/**
1538 * enum ieee80211_vif_flags - virtual interface flags
1539 *
1540 * @IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER: the device performs beacon filtering
1541 * on this virtual interface to avoid unnecessary CPU wakeups
ea086359
JB
1542 * @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI: the device can do connection quality
1543 * monitoring on this virtual interface -- i.e. it can monitor
1544 * connection quality related parameters, such as the RSSI level and
1545 * provide notifications if configured trigger levels are reached.
848955cc
JB
1546 * @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD: The device can do U-APSD for this
1547 * interface. This flag should be set during interface addition,
1548 * but may be set/cleared as late as authentication to an AP. It is
1549 * only valid for managed/station mode interfaces.
b115b972
JD
1550 * @IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE: request to handle NOA attributes
1551 * and send P2P_PS notification to the driver if NOA changed, even
1552 * this is not pure P2P vif.
c1288b12
JB
1553 */
1554enum ieee80211_vif_flags {
1555 IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER = BIT(0),
ea086359 1556 IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI = BIT(1),
848955cc 1557 IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD = BIT(2),
b115b972 1558 IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE = BIT(3),
c1288b12
JB
1559};
1560
32bfd35d
JB
1561/**
1562 * struct ieee80211_vif - per-interface data
1563 *
1564 * Data in this structure is continually present for driver
1565 * use during the life of a virtual interface.
1566 *
51fb61e7 1567 * @type: type of this virtual interface
bda3933a
JB
1568 * @bss_conf: BSS configuration for this interface, either our own
1569 * or the BSS we're associated to
47846c9b 1570 * @addr: address of this interface
2ca27bcf
JB
1571 * @p2p: indicates whether this AP or STA interface is a p2p
1572 * interface, i.e. a GO or p2p-sta respectively
59af6928
MK
1573 * @csa_active: marks whether a channel switch is going on. Internally it is
1574 * write-protected by sdata_lock and local->mtx so holding either is fine
1575 * for read access.
b5a33d52 1576 * @mu_mimo_owner: indicates interface owns MU-MIMO capability
c1288b12
JB
1577 * @driver_flags: flags/capabilities the driver has for this interface,
1578 * these need to be set (or cleared) when the interface is added
1579 * or, if supported by the driver, the interface type is changed
1580 * at runtime, mac80211 will never touch this field
3a25a8c8
JB
1581 * @hw_queue: hardware queue for each AC
1582 * @cab_queue: content-after-beacon (DTIM beacon really) queue, AP mode only
d01a1e65
MK
1583 * @chanctx_conf: The channel context this interface is assigned to, or %NULL
1584 * when it is not assigned. This pointer is RCU-protected due to the TX
1585 * path needing to access it; even though the netdev carrier will always
1586 * be off when it is %NULL there can still be races and packets could be
1587 * processed after it switches back to %NULL.
ddbfe860 1588 * @debugfs_dir: debugfs dentry, can be used by drivers to create own per
ad24b0da 1589 * interface debug files. Note that it will be NULL for the virtual
ddbfe860 1590 * monitor interface (if that is requested.)
1b09b556
AO
1591 * @probe_req_reg: probe requests should be reported to mac80211 for this
1592 * interface.
32bfd35d 1593 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
b4f7f4ad 1594 * sizeof(void \*).
ba8c3d6f 1595 * @txq: the multicast data TX queue (if driver uses the TXQ abstraction)
21a5d4c3
MP
1596 * @txqs_stopped: per AC flag to indicate that intermediate TXQs are stopped,
1597 * protected by fq->lock.
32bfd35d
JB
1598 */
1599struct ieee80211_vif {
05c914fe 1600 enum nl80211_iftype type;
bda3933a 1601 struct ieee80211_bss_conf bss_conf;
a3e2f4b6 1602 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2ca27bcf 1603 bool p2p;
73da7d5b 1604 bool csa_active;
b5a33d52 1605 bool mu_mimo_owner;
3a25a8c8
JB
1606
1607 u8 cab_queue;
1608 u8 hw_queue[IEEE80211_NUM_ACS];
1609
ba8c3d6f
FF
1610 struct ieee80211_txq *txq;
1611
d01a1e65
MK
1612 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf __rcu *chanctx_conf;
1613
c1288b12 1614 u32 driver_flags;
3a25a8c8 1615
ddbfe860
SG
1616#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS
1617 struct dentry *debugfs_dir;
1618#endif
1619
1b09b556
AO
1620 unsigned int probe_req_reg;
1621
21a5d4c3
MP
1622 bool txqs_stopped[IEEE80211_NUM_ACS];
1623
32bfd35d 1624 /* must be last */
1c06ef98 1625 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
32bfd35d
JB
1626};
1627
902acc78
JB
1628static inline bool ieee80211_vif_is_mesh(struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
1629{
1630#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH
05c914fe 1631 return vif->type == NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT;
902acc78
JB
1632#endif
1633 return false;
1634}
1635
ad7e718c
JB
1636/**
1637 * wdev_to_ieee80211_vif - return a vif struct from a wdev
1638 * @wdev: the wdev to get the vif for
1639 *
1640 * This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs
1641 * (like the vendor commands) that get a wdev.
1642 *
1643 * Note that this function may return %NULL if the given wdev isn't
1644 * associated with a vif that the driver knows about (e.g. monitor
1645 * or AP_VLAN interfaces.)
1646 */
1647struct ieee80211_vif *wdev_to_ieee80211_vif(struct wireless_dev *wdev);
1648
dc5a1ad7
EG
1649/**
1650 * ieee80211_vif_to_wdev - return a wdev struct from a vif
1651 * @vif: the vif to get the wdev for
1652 *
1653 * This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs
1654 * (like the vendor commands) that needs to get the wdev for a vif.
1655 *
1656 * Note that this function may return %NULL if the given wdev isn't
1657 * associated with a vif that the driver knows about (e.g. monitor
1658 * or AP_VLAN interfaces.)
1659 */
1660struct wireless_dev *ieee80211_vif_to_wdev(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
1661
7ac1bd6a
JB
1662/**
1663 * enum ieee80211_key_flags - key flags
1664 *
1665 * These flags are used for communication about keys between the driver
1666 * and mac80211, with the @flags parameter of &struct ieee80211_key_conf.
1667 *
7ac1bd6a
JB
1668 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV: This flag should be set by the
1669 * driver to indicate that it requires IV generation for this
db12847c
IY
1670 * particular key. Setting this flag does not necessarily mean that SKBs
1671 * will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or MIC.
7ac1bd6a
JB
1672 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC: This flag should be set by
1673 * the driver for a TKIP key if it requires Michael MIC
1674 * generation in software.
c6adbd21
ID
1675 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE: Set by mac80211, this flag indicates
1676 * that the key is pairwise rather then a shared key.
e548c49e 1677 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX: This flag should be set by the driver for a
00b9cfa3
JM
1678 * CCMP/GCMP key if it requires CCMP/GCMP encryption of management frames
1679 * (MFP) to be done in software.
077a9154 1680 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE: This flag should be set by the driver
ee70108f 1681 * if space should be prepared for the IV, but the IV
077a9154 1682 * itself should not be generated. Do not set together with
db12847c
IY
1683 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV on the same key. Setting this flag does
1684 * not necessarily mean that SKBs will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or
1685 * MIC.
e548c49e
JB
1686 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT: This key will be used to decrypt received
1687 * management frames. The flag can help drivers that have a hardware
1688 * crypto implementation that doesn't deal with management frames
1689 * properly by allowing them to not upload the keys to hardware and
1690 * fall back to software crypto. Note that this flag deals only with
1691 * RX, if your crypto engine can't deal with TX you can also set the
1692 * %IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX flag to encrypt such frames in SW.
17d38fa8 1693 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT: This flag should be set by the
00b9cfa3 1694 * driver for a CCMP/GCMP key to indicate that is requires IV generation
17d38fa8 1695 * only for managment frames (MFP).
db12847c
IY
1696 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM: This flag should be set by the
1697 * driver for a key to indicate that sufficient tailroom must always
1698 * be reserved for ICV or MIC, even when HW encryption is enabled.
9de18d81
DS
1699 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_MIC_SPACE: This flag should be set by the driver for
1700 * a TKIP key if it only requires MIC space. Do not set together with
1701 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC on the same key.
96fc6efb 1702 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_NO_AUTO_TX: Key needs explicit Tx activation.
7848ba7d 1703 */
7ac1bd6a 1704enum ieee80211_key_flags {
17d38fa8
MK
1705 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT = BIT(0),
1706 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV = BIT(1),
1707 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC = BIT(2),
1708 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE = BIT(3),
1709 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX = BIT(4),
1710 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE = BIT(5),
1711 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT = BIT(6),
db12847c 1712 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM = BIT(7),
9de18d81 1713 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_MIC_SPACE = BIT(8),
96fc6efb 1714 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_NO_AUTO_TX = BIT(9),
7ac1bd6a 1715};
11a843b7 1716
7ac1bd6a
JB
1717/**
1718 * struct ieee80211_key_conf - key information
1719 *
1720 * This key information is given by mac80211 to the driver by
1721 * the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops.
1722 *
1723 * @hw_key_idx: To be set by the driver, this is the key index the driver
1724 * wants to be given when a frame is transmitted and needs to be
6a7664d4 1725 * encrypted in hardware.
97359d12 1726 * @cipher: The key's cipher suite selector.
f8079d43
EP
1727 * @tx_pn: PN used for TX keys, may be used by the driver as well if it
1728 * needs to do software PN assignment by itself (e.g. due to TSO)
7ac1bd6a
JB
1729 * @flags: key flags, see &enum ieee80211_key_flags.
1730 * @keyidx: the key index (0-3)
1731 * @keylen: key material length
ffd7891d
LR
1732 * @key: key material. For ALG_TKIP the key is encoded as a 256-bit (32 byte)
1733 * data block:
1734 * - Temporal Encryption Key (128 bits)
1735 * - Temporal Authenticator Tx MIC Key (64 bits)
1736 * - Temporal Authenticator Rx MIC Key (64 bits)
dc822b5d
JB
1737 * @icv_len: The ICV length for this key type
1738 * @iv_len: The IV length for this key type
7ac1bd6a 1739 */
f0706e82 1740struct ieee80211_key_conf {
db388a56 1741 atomic64_t tx_pn;
97359d12 1742 u32 cipher;
76708dee
FF
1743 u8 icv_len;
1744 u8 iv_len;
6a7664d4 1745 u8 hw_key_idx;
11a843b7 1746 s8 keyidx;
9de18d81 1747 u16 flags;
11a843b7 1748 u8 keylen;
f0706e82
JB
1749 u8 key[0];
1750};
1751
a31cf1c6
JB
1752#define IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN 16
1753
f8079d43
EP
1754#define TKIP_PN_TO_IV16(pn) ((u16)(pn & 0xffff))
1755#define TKIP_PN_TO_IV32(pn) ((u32)((pn >> 16) & 0xffffffff))
1756
9352c19f
JB
1757/**
1758 * struct ieee80211_key_seq - key sequence counter
1759 *
1760 * @tkip: TKIP data, containing IV32 and IV16 in host byte order
1761 * @ccmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1762 * reverse order than in packet)
1763 * @aes_cmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1764 * reverse order than in packet)
1765 * @aes_gmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1766 * reverse order than in packet)
1767 * @gcmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1768 * reverse order than in packet)
a31cf1c6 1769 * @hw: data for HW-only (e.g. cipher scheme) keys
9352c19f
JB
1770 */
1771struct ieee80211_key_seq {
1772 union {
1773 struct {
1774 u32 iv32;
1775 u16 iv16;
1776 } tkip;
1777 struct {
1778 u8 pn[6];
1779 } ccmp;
1780 struct {
1781 u8 pn[6];
1782 } aes_cmac;
1783 struct {
1784 u8 pn[6];
1785 } aes_gmac;
1786 struct {
1787 u8 pn[6];
1788 } gcmp;
a31cf1c6
JB
1789 struct {
1790 u8 seq[IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN];
1791 u8 seq_len;
1792 } hw;
9352c19f
JB
1793 };
1794};
1795
2475b1cc
MS
1796/**
1797 * struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme - cipher scheme
1798 *
1799 * This structure contains a cipher scheme information defining
1800 * the secure packet crypto handling.
1801 *
1802 * @cipher: a cipher suite selector
1803 * @iftype: a cipher iftype bit mask indicating an allowed cipher usage
1804 * @hdr_len: a length of a security header used the cipher
1805 * @pn_len: a length of a packet number in the security header
1806 * @pn_off: an offset of pn from the beginning of the security header
1807 * @key_idx_off: an offset of key index byte in the security header
1808 * @key_idx_mask: a bit mask of key_idx bits
1809 * @key_idx_shift: a bit shift needed to get key_idx
1810 * key_idx value calculation:
1811 * (sec_header_base[key_idx_off] & key_idx_mask) >> key_idx_shift
1812 * @mic_len: a mic length in bytes
1813 */
1814struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme {
1815 u32 cipher;
1816 u16 iftype;
1817 u8 hdr_len;
1818 u8 pn_len;
1819 u8 pn_off;
1820 u8 key_idx_off;
1821 u8 key_idx_mask;
1822 u8 key_idx_shift;
1823 u8 mic_len;
1824};
1825
7ac1bd6a
JB
1826/**
1827 * enum set_key_cmd - key command
1828 *
1829 * Used with the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this
1830 * indicates whether a key is being removed or added.
1831 *
1832 * @SET_KEY: a key is set
1833 * @DISABLE_KEY: a key must be disabled
1834 */
ea49c359 1835enum set_key_cmd {
11a843b7 1836 SET_KEY, DISABLE_KEY,
ea49c359 1837};
f0706e82 1838
f09603a2
JB
1839/**
1840 * enum ieee80211_sta_state - station state
1841 *
1842 * @IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST: station doesn't exist at all,
1843 * this is a special state for add/remove transitions
1844 * @IEEE80211_STA_NONE: station exists without special state
1845 * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTH: station is authenticated
1846 * @IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC: station is associated
1847 * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
1848 */
1849enum ieee80211_sta_state {
1850 /* NOTE: These need to be ordered correctly! */
1851 IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST,
1852 IEEE80211_STA_NONE,
1853 IEEE80211_STA_AUTH,
1854 IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC,
1855 IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED,
1856};
1857
e1a0c6b3
JB
1858/**
1859 * enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth - station RX bandwidth
1860 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20: station can only receive 20 MHz
1861 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40: station can receive up to 40 MHz
1862 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80: station can receive up to 80 MHz
1863 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160: station can receive up to 160 MHz
1864 * (including 80+80 MHz)
1865 *
1866 * Implementation note: 20 must be zero to be initialized
1867 * correctly, the values must be sorted.
1868 */
1869enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth {
1870 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20 = 0,
1871 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40,
1872 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80,
1873 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160,
1874};
1875
0d528d85
FF
1876/**
1877 * struct ieee80211_sta_rates - station rate selection table
1878 *
1879 * @rcu_head: RCU head used for freeing the table on update
03f831a6 1880 * @rate: transmit rates/flags to be used by default.
0d528d85
FF
1881 * Overriding entries per-packet is possible by using cb tx control.
1882 */
1883struct ieee80211_sta_rates {
1884 struct rcu_head rcu_head;
1885 struct {
1886 s8 idx;
1887 u8 count;
1888 u8 count_cts;
1889 u8 count_rts;
1890 u16 flags;
1891 } rate[IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE];
1892};
1893
ba905bf4
ARN
1894/**
1895 * struct ieee80211_sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration
1896 *
1897 * Used to configure txpower for station.
1898 *
1899 * @power: indicates the tx power, in dBm, to be used when sending data frames
1900 * to the STA.
1901 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power
1902 * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC
1903 * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power.
1904 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for
1905 * per peer TPC.
1906 */
1907struct ieee80211_sta_txpwr {
1908 s16 power;
1909 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type;
1910};
1911
17741cdc
JB
1912/**
1913 * struct ieee80211_sta - station table entry
1914 *
1915 * A station table entry represents a station we are possibly
1916 * communicating with. Since stations are RCU-managed in
1917 * mac80211, any ieee80211_sta pointer you get access to must
1918 * either be protected by rcu_read_lock() explicitly or implicitly,
1919 * or you must take good care to not use such a pointer after a
34e89507 1920 * call to your sta_remove callback that removed it.
17741cdc
JB
1921 *
1922 * @addr: MAC address
1923 * @aid: AID we assigned to the station if we're an AP
323ce79a 1924 * @supp_rates: Bitmap of supported rates (per band)
55d942f4
JB
1925 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities
1926 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities
41cbb0f5 1927 * @he_cap: HE capabilities of this STA
480dd46b
MA
1928 * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximal amount of frames in a single AMPDU
1929 * that this station is allowed to transmit to us.
1930 * Can be modified by driver.
527871d7
JB
1931 * @wme: indicates whether the STA supports QoS/WME (if local devices does,
1932 * otherwise always false)
17741cdc 1933 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
b4f7f4ad 1934 * sizeof(void \*), size is determined in hw information.
910868db 1935 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Only valid
f438ceb8
EG
1936 * if wme is supported. The bits order is like in
1937 * IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_*.
910868db 1938 * @max_sp: max Service Period. Only valid if wme is supported.
e1a0c6b3 1939 * @bandwidth: current bandwidth the station can receive with
8921d04e
JB
1940 * @rx_nss: in HT/VHT, the maximum number of spatial streams the
1941 * station can receive at the moment, changed by operating mode
1942 * notifications and capabilities. The value is only valid after
1943 * the station moves to associated state.
af0ed69b 1944 * @smps_mode: current SMPS mode (off, static or dynamic)
03f831a6 1945 * @rates: rate control selection table
0c4972cc 1946 * @tdls: indicates whether the STA is a TDLS peer
8b94148c
AN
1947 * @tdls_initiator: indicates the STA is an initiator of the TDLS link. Only
1948 * valid if the STA is a TDLS peer in the first place.
93f0490e 1949 * @mfp: indicates whether the STA uses management frame protection or not.
506bcfa8
EG
1950 * @max_amsdu_subframes: indicates the maximal number of MSDUs in a single
1951 * A-MSDU. Taken from the Extended Capabilities element. 0 means
1952 * unlimited.
52cfa1d6 1953 * @support_p2p_ps: indicates whether the STA supports P2P PS mechanism or not.
6e0456b5 1954 * @max_rc_amsdu_len: Maximum A-MSDU size in bytes recommended by rate control.
edba6bda 1955 * @max_tid_amsdu_len: Maximum A-MSDU size in bytes for this TID
adf8ed01
JB
1956 * @txq: per-TID data TX queues (if driver uses the TXQ abstraction); note that
1957 * the last entry (%IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) is used for non-data frames
17741cdc
JB
1958 */
1959struct ieee80211_sta {
57fbcce3 1960 u32 supp_rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
17741cdc
JB
1961 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
1962 u16 aid;
d9fe60de 1963 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap;
818255ea 1964 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap;
41cbb0f5
LC
1965 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap;
1966 u16 max_rx_aggregation_subframes;
39df600a 1967 bool wme;
9533b4ac
EP
1968 u8 uapsd_queues;
1969 u8 max_sp;
8921d04e 1970 u8 rx_nss;
e1a0c6b3 1971 enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth bandwidth;
af0ed69b 1972 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
0d528d85 1973 struct ieee80211_sta_rates __rcu *rates;
0c4972cc 1974 bool tdls;
8b94148c 1975 bool tdls_initiator;
93f0490e 1976 bool mfp;
506bcfa8 1977 u8 max_amsdu_subframes;
57eeb208
JB
1978
1979 /**
1980 * @max_amsdu_len:
1981 * indicates the maximal length of an A-MSDU in bytes.
1982 * This field is always valid for packets with a VHT preamble.
1983 * For packets with a HT preamble, additional limits apply:
1984 *
1985 * * If the skb is transmitted as part of a BA agreement, the
1986 * A-MSDU maximal size is min(max_amsdu_len, 4065) bytes.
1987 * * If the skb is not part of a BA aggreement, the A-MSDU maximal
1988 * size is min(max_amsdu_len, 7935) bytes.
1989 *
1990 * Both additional HT limits must be enforced by the low level
1991 * driver. This is defined by the spec (IEEE 802.11-2012 section
1992 * 8.3.2.2 NOTE 2).
1993 */
506bcfa8 1994 u16 max_amsdu_len;
52cfa1d6 1995 bool support_p2p_ps;
6e0456b5 1996 u16 max_rc_amsdu_len;
edba6bda 1997 u16 max_tid_amsdu_len[IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS];
ba905bf4 1998 struct ieee80211_sta_txpwr txpwr;
17741cdc 1999
adf8ed01 2000 struct ieee80211_txq *txq[IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS + 1];
ba8c3d6f 2001
17741cdc 2002 /* must be last */
1c06ef98 2003 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
17741cdc
JB
2004};
2005
478f8d2b
TW
2006/**
2007 * enum sta_notify_cmd - sta notify command
2008 *
2009 * Used with the sta_notify() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this
38a6cc75 2010 * indicates if an associated station made a power state transition.
478f8d2b 2011 *
4571d3bf
CL
2012 * @STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP: a station is now sleeping
2013 * @STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE: a sleeping station woke up
2014 */
89fad578 2015enum sta_notify_cmd {
4571d3bf
CL
2016 STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP, STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE,
2017};
2018
36323f81
TH
2019/**
2020 * struct ieee80211_tx_control - TX control data
2021 *
2022 * @sta: station table entry, this sta pointer may be NULL and
2023 * it is not allowed to copy the pointer, due to RCU.
2024 */
2025struct ieee80211_tx_control {
2026 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
2027};
2028
ba8c3d6f
FF
2029/**
2030 * struct ieee80211_txq - Software intermediate tx queue
2031 *
2032 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
2033 * @sta: station table entry, %NULL for per-vif queue
adf8ed01
JB
2034 * @tid: the TID for this queue (unused for per-vif queue),
2035 * %IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS for non-data (if enabled)
ba8c3d6f 2036 * @ac: the AC for this queue
f8bdbb58 2037 * @drv_priv: driver private area, sized by hw->txq_data_size
ba8c3d6f
FF
2038 *
2039 * The driver can obtain packets from this queue by calling
2040 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue().
2041 */
2042struct ieee80211_txq {
2043 struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
2044 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
2045 u8 tid;
2046 u8 ac;
2047
2048 /* must be last */
2049 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
2050};
2051
1bc0826c
JB
2052/**
2053 * enum ieee80211_hw_flags - hardware flags
2054 *
2055 * These flags are used to indicate hardware capabilities to
2056 * the stack. Generally, flags here should have their meaning
2057 * done in a way that the simplest hardware doesn't need setting
2058 * any particular flags. There are some exceptions to this rule,
2059 * however, so you are advised to review these flags carefully.
2060 *
af65cd96
JB
2061 * @IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL:
2062 * The hardware or firmware includes rate control, and cannot be
2063 * controlled by the stack. As such, no rate control algorithm
2064 * should be instantiated, and the TX rate reported to userspace
2065 * will be taken from the TX status instead of the rate control
2066 * algorithm.
2067 * Note that this requires that the driver implement a number of
2068 * callbacks so it has the correct information, it needs to have
2069 * the @set_rts_threshold callback and must look at the BSS config
2070 * @use_cts_prot for G/N protection, @use_short_slot for slot
2071 * timing in 2.4 GHz and @use_short_preamble for preambles for
2072 * CCK frames.
2073 *
1bc0826c
JB
2074 * @IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS:
2075 * Indicates that received frames passed to the stack include
2076 * the FCS at the end.
2077 *
2078 * @IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING:
2079 * Some wireless LAN chipsets buffer broadcast/multicast frames
2080 * for power saving stations in the hardware/firmware and others
2081 * rely on the host system for such buffering. This option is used
2082 * to configure the IEEE 802.11 upper layer to buffer broadcast and
2083 * multicast frames when there are power saving stations so that
546c80c9 2084 * the driver can fetch them with ieee80211_get_buffered_bc().
1bc0826c 2085 *
566bfe5a
BR
2086 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC:
2087 * Hardware can provide signal values but we don't know its units. We
2088 * expect values between 0 and @max_signal.
2089 * If possible please provide dB or dBm instead.
2090 *
566bfe5a
BR
2091 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM:
2092 * Hardware gives signal values in dBm, decibel difference from
2093 * one milliwatt. This is the preferred method since it is standardized
2094 * between different devices. @max_signal does not need to be set.
2095 *
06ff47bc
TW
2096 * @IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT:
2097 * Hardware supports spectrum management defined in 802.11h
2098 * Measurement, Channel Switch, Quieting, TPC
8b30b1fe
S
2099 *
2100 * @IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION:
2101 * Hardware supports 11n A-MPDU aggregation.
520eb820 2102 *
4be8c387
JB
2103 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS:
2104 * Hardware has power save support (i.e. can go to sleep).
2105 *
2106 * @IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK:
2107 * Hardware requires nullfunc frame handling in stack, implies
2108 * stack support for dynamic PS.
2109 *
2110 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS:
2111 * Hardware has support for dynamic PS.
4375d083
JM
2112 *
2113 * @IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE:
2114 * Hardware supports management frame protection (MFP, IEEE 802.11w).
04de8381 2115 *
375177bf
VN
2116 * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS:
2117 * Hardware can provide ack status reports of Tx frames to
2118 * the stack.
2119 *
1e4dcd01 2120 * @IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR:
ad24b0da
JB
2121 * The hardware performs its own connection monitoring, including
2122 * periodic keep-alives to the AP and probing the AP on beacon loss.
a97c13c3 2123 *
c65dd147
EG
2124 * @IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC:
2125 * This device needs to get data from beacon before association (i.e.
2126 * dtim_period).
e31b8213
JB
2127 *
2128 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK: The device's crypto engine supports
2129 * per-station GTKs as used by IBSS RSN or during fast transition. If
2130 * the device doesn't support per-station GTKs, but can be asked not
2131 * to decrypt group addressed frames, then IBSS RSN support is still
2132 * possible but software crypto will be used. Advertise the wiphy flag
2133 * only in that case.
d057e5a3
AN
2134 *
2135 * @IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS: When operating in AP mode the device
2136 * autonomously manages the PS status of connected stations. When
2137 * this flag is set mac80211 will not trigger PS mode for connected
2138 * stations based on the PM bit of incoming frames.
2139 * Use ieee80211_start_ps()/ieee8021_end_ps() to manually configure
2140 * the PS mode of connected stations.
edf6b784
AN
2141 *
2142 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW: The device handles TX A-MPDU session
2143 * setup strictly in HW. mac80211 should not attempt to do this in
2144 * software.
885bd8ec 2145 *
4b6f1dd6
JB
2146 * @IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF: The driver would like to be informed of
2147 * a virtual monitor interface when monitor interfaces are the only
2148 * active interfaces.
3a25a8c8 2149 *
e27513fb
BG
2150 * @IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF: The driver would like for no wlanX to
2151 * be created. It is expected user-space will create vifs as
2152 * desired (and thus have them named as desired).
2153 *
fa7e1fbc
JB
2154 * @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL: The driver wants to control which of the
2155 * crypto algorithms can be done in software - so don't automatically
2156 * try to fall back to it if hardware crypto fails, but do so only if
2157 * the driver returns 1. This also forces the driver to advertise its
2158 * supported cipher suites.
2159 *
17c18bf8
JB
2160 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT: The driver/hardware supports fast-xmit,
2161 * this currently requires only the ability to calculate the duration
2162 * for frames.
2163 *
3a25a8c8
JB
2164 * @IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL: The driver wants to control per-interface
2165 * queue mapping in order to use different queues (not just one per AC)
2166 * for different virtual interfaces. See the doc section on HW queue
2167 * control for more details.
6d71117a 2168 *
0d528d85
FF
2169 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE: The driver supports using a rate
2170 * selection table provided by the rate control algorithm.
2171 *
6d71117a
JB
2172 * @IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF: Use the P2P Device address for any
2173 * P2P Interface. This will be honoured even if more than one interface
2174 * is supported.
ef429dad
JB
2175 *
2176 * @IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY: Use sync timing from beacon frames
2177 * only, to allow getting TBTT of a DTIM beacon.
7578d575 2178 *
919be62b
JB
2179 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES: Hardware supports mixing HT/CCK rates
2180 * and can cope with CCK rates in an aggregation session (e.g. by not
2181 * using aggregation for such frames.)
2182 *
7578d575
AN
2183 * @IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA: Support 802.11h based channel-switch (CSA)
2184 * for a single active channel while using channel contexts. When support
2185 * is not enabled the default action is to disconnect when getting the
2186 * CSA frame.
5d52ee81 2187 *
c70f59a2
IY
2188 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS: The driver will never modify the payload
2189 * or tailroom of TX skbs without copying them first.
2190 *
c526a467 2191 * @IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS: The HW supports scanning on all bands
c56ef672 2192 * in one command, mac80211 doesn't have to run separate scans per band.
30686bf7 2193 *
b98fb44f
AN
2194 * @IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW: The device/driver supports wider bandwidth
2195 * than then BSS bandwidth for a TDLS link on the base channel.
2196 *
99e7ca44
EG
2197 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU: The driver supports receiving A-MSDUs
2198 * within A-MPDU.
2199 *
35afa588
HS
2200 * @IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS: The device/driver provides TX status
2201 * for sent beacons.
2202 *
31104891
JB
2203 * @IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR: Hardware (or driver) requires that each
2204 * station has a unique address, i.e. each station entry can be identified
2205 * by just its MAC address; this prevents, for example, the same station
2206 * from connecting to two virtual AP interfaces at the same time.
2207 *
412a6d80
SS
2208 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER: Hardware (or driver) manages the
2209 * reordering buffer internally, guaranteeing mac80211 receives frames in
2210 * order and does not need to manage its own reorder buffer or BA session
2211 * timeout.
2212 *
c9c5962b
JB
2213 * @IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS: The device uses RSS and thus requires parallel RX,
2214 * which implies using per-CPU station statistics.
2215 *
6e0456b5
FF
2216 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU: Hardware (or driver) supports software aggregated
2217 * A-MSDU frames. Requires software tx queueing and fast-xmit support.
2218 * When not using minstrel/minstrel_ht rate control, the driver must
2219 * limit the maximum A-MSDU size based on the current tx rate by setting
2220 * max_rc_amsdu_len in struct ieee80211_sta.
2221 *
2222 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST: Hardware (or driver) supports sending frag_list
2223 * skbs, needed for zero-copy software A-MSDU.
2224 *
e8a24cd4
RM
2225 * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK: The driver (or firmware) reports low ack event
2226 * by ieee80211_report_low_ack() based on its own algorithm. For such
2227 * drivers, mac80211 packet loss mechanism will not be triggered and driver
2228 * is completely depending on firmware event for station kickout.
2229 *
f3fe4e93
SS
2230 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG: Hardware does fragmentation by itself.
2231 * The stack will not do fragmentation.
2232 * The callback for @set_frag_threshold should be set as well.
2233 *
e2fb1b83
YT
2234 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TDLS_BUFFER_STA: Hardware supports buffer STA on
2235 * TDLS links.
2236 *
94ba9271
IP
2237 * @IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP: The driver requires the
2238 * mgd_prepare_tx() callback to be called before transmission of a
2239 * deauthentication frame in case the association was completed but no
2240 * beacon was heard. This is required in multi-channel scenarios, where the
2241 * virtual interface might not be given air time for the transmission of
2242 * the frame, as it is not synced with the AP/P2P GO yet, and thus the
2243 * deauthentication frame might not be transmitted.
d1361b32 2244 *
7c181f4f
BCD
2245 * @IEEE80211_HW_DOESNT_SUPPORT_QOS_NDP: The driver (or firmware) doesn't
2246 * support QoS NDP for AP probing - that's most likely a driver bug.
94ba9271 2247 *
adf8ed01
JB
2248 * @IEEE80211_HW_BUFF_MMPDU_TXQ: use the TXQ for bufferable MMPDUs, this of
2249 * course requires the driver to use TXQs to start with.
2250 *
09b4a4fa
JB
2251 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW: (Hardware) rate control supports VHT
2252 * extended NSS BW (dot11VHTExtendedNSSBWCapable). This flag will be set if
2253 * the selected rate control algorithm sets %RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW
2254 * but if the rate control is built-in then it must be set by the driver.
2255 * See also the documentation for that flag.
2256 *
0eeb2b67
SS
2257 * @IEEE80211_HW_STA_MMPDU_TXQ: use the extra non-TID per-station TXQ for all
2258 * MMPDUs on station interfaces. This of course requires the driver to use
2259 * TXQs to start with.
2260 *
77f7ffdc
FF
2261 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_STATUS_NO_AMPDU_LEN: Driver does not report accurate A-MPDU
2262 * length in tx status information
2263 *
caf56338
SS
2264 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_MULTI_BSSID: Hardware supports multi BSSID
2265 *
2266 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_ONLY_HE_MULTI_BSSID: Hardware supports multi BSSID
2267 * only for HE APs. Applies if @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_MULTI_BSSID is set.
2268 *
96fc6efb
AW
2269 * @IEEE80211_HW_EXT_KEY_ID_NATIVE: Driver and hardware are supporting Extended
2270 * Key ID and can handle two unicast keys per station for Rx and Tx.
2271 *
30686bf7 2272 * @NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS: number of hardware flags, used for sizing arrays
1bc0826c
JB
2273 */
2274enum ieee80211_hw_flags {
30686bf7
JB
2275 IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL,
2276 IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS,
2277 IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING,
2278 IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
2279 IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM,
2280 IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC,
2281 IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT,
2282 IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION,
2283 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS,
2284 IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK,
2285 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS,
2286 IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE,
2287 IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF,
2288 IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF,
2289 IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL,
2290 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT,
2291 IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS,
2292 IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR,
2293 IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL,
2294 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK,
2295 IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS,
2296 IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW,
2297 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE,
2298 IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF,
2299 IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY,
2300 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES,
2301 IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA,
2302 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS,
2303 IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS,
b98fb44f 2304 IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW,
99e7ca44 2305 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU,
35afa588 2306 IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS,
31104891 2307 IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR,
412a6d80 2308 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER,
c9c5962b 2309 IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS,
6e0456b5
FF
2310 IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU,
2311 IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST,
e8a24cd4 2312 IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK,
f3fe4e93 2313 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG,
e2fb1b83 2314 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TDLS_BUFFER_STA,
94ba9271 2315 IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP,
7c181f4f 2316 IEEE80211_HW_DOESNT_SUPPORT_QOS_NDP,
adf8ed01 2317 IEEE80211_HW_BUFF_MMPDU_TXQ,
09b4a4fa 2318 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW,
0eeb2b67 2319 IEEE80211_HW_STA_MMPDU_TXQ,
77f7ffdc 2320 IEEE80211_HW_TX_STATUS_NO_AMPDU_LEN,
caf56338
SS
2321 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_MULTI_BSSID,
2322 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_ONLY_HE_MULTI_BSSID,
96fc6efb 2323 IEEE80211_HW_EXT_KEY_ID_NATIVE,
30686bf7
JB
2324
2325 /* keep last, obviously */
2326 NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS
1bc0826c
JB
2327};
2328
7ac1bd6a
JB
2329/**
2330 * struct ieee80211_hw - hardware information and state
75a5f0cc
JB
2331 *
2332 * This structure contains the configuration and hardware
2333 * information for an 802.11 PHY.
2334 *
2335 * @wiphy: This points to the &struct wiphy allocated for this
2336 * 802.11 PHY. You must fill in the @perm_addr and @dev
2337 * members of this structure using SET_IEEE80211_DEV()
8318d78a
JB
2338 * and SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(). Additionally, all supported
2339 * bands (with channels, bitrates) are registered here.
75a5f0cc
JB
2340 *
2341 * @conf: &struct ieee80211_conf, device configuration, don't use.
2342 *
75a5f0cc
JB
2343 * @priv: pointer to private area that was allocated for driver use
2344 * along with this structure.
2345 *
2346 * @flags: hardware flags, see &enum ieee80211_hw_flags.
2347 *
2348 * @extra_tx_headroom: headroom to reserve in each transmit skb
2349 * for use by the driver (e.g. for transmit headers.)
2350 *
70dabeb7
FF
2351 * @extra_beacon_tailroom: tailroom to reserve in each beacon tx skb.
2352 * Can be used by drivers to add extra IEs.
75a5f0cc 2353 *
566bfe5a 2354 * @max_signal: Maximum value for signal (rssi) in RX information, used
ad24b0da 2355 * only when @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC or @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DB
75a5f0cc 2356 *
ea95bba4 2357 * @max_listen_interval: max listen interval in units of beacon interval
ad24b0da 2358 * that HW supports
ea95bba4 2359 *
75a5f0cc 2360 * @queues: number of available hardware transmit queues for
e100bb64
JB
2361 * data packets. WMM/QoS requires at least four, these
2362 * queues need to have configurable access parameters.
2363 *
830f9038
JB
2364 * @rate_control_algorithm: rate control algorithm for this hardware.
2365 * If unset (NULL), the default algorithm will be used. Must be
2366 * set before calling ieee80211_register_hw().
32bfd35d
JB
2367 *
2368 * @vif_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2369 * within &struct ieee80211_vif.
17741cdc
JB
2370 * @sta_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2371 * within &struct ieee80211_sta.
d01a1e65
MK
2372 * @chanctx_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2373 * within &struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf.
ba8c3d6f
FF
2374 * @txq_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2375 * within @struct ieee80211_txq.
870abdf6 2376 *
78be49ec
HS
2377 * @max_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages the hw
2378 * can handle.
2379 * @max_report_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages
2380 * the hw can report back.
e6a9854b 2381 * @max_rate_tries: maximum number of tries for each stage
4e6cbfd0 2382 *
df6ba5d8
LC
2383 * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximum buffer size (number of
2384 * sub-frames) to be used for A-MPDU block ack receiver
2385 * aggregation.
2386 * This is only relevant if the device has restrictions on the
2387 * number of subframes, if it relies on mac80211 to do reordering
2388 * it shouldn't be set.
5dd36bc9
JB
2389 *
2390 * @max_tx_aggregation_subframes: maximum number of subframes in an
41cbb0f5
LC
2391 * aggregate an HT/HE device will transmit. In HT AddBA we'll
2392 * advertise a constant value of 64 as some older APs crash if
2393 * the window size is smaller (an example is LinkSys WRT120N
2394 * with FW v1.0.07 build 002 Jun 18 2012).
2395 * For AddBA to HE capable peers this value will be used.
3a25a8c8 2396 *
6e0456b5
FF
2397 * @max_tx_fragments: maximum number of tx buffers per (A)-MSDU, sum
2398 * of 1 + skb_shinfo(skb)->nr_frags for each skb in the frag_list.
2399 *
3a25a8c8
JB
2400 * @offchannel_tx_hw_queue: HW queue ID to use for offchannel TX
2401 * (if %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL is set)
ac55d2fe
JB
2402 *
2403 * @radiotap_mcs_details: lists which MCS information can the HW
2404 * reports, by default it is set to _MCS, _GI and _BW but doesn't
b4f7f4ad 2405 * include _FMT. Use %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_\* values, only
ac55d2fe 2406 * adding _BW is supported today.
72d78728 2407 *
51648921
JB
2408 * @radiotap_vht_details: lists which VHT MCS information the HW reports,
2409 * the default is _GI | _BANDWIDTH.
b4f7f4ad 2410 * Use the %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_VHT_KNOWN_\* values.
51648921 2411 *
41cbb0f5
LC
2412 * @radiotap_he: HE radiotap validity flags
2413 *
99ee7cae 2414 * @radiotap_timestamp: Information for the radiotap timestamp field; if the
7d419463 2415 * @units_pos member is set to a non-negative value then the timestamp
99ee7cae 2416 * field will be added and populated from the &struct ieee80211_rx_status
7d419463
JB
2417 * device_timestamp.
2418 * @radiotap_timestamp.units_pos: Must be set to a combination of a
2419 * IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_UNIT_* and a
2420 * IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_SPOS_* value.
2421 * @radiotap_timestamp.accuracy: If non-negative, fills the accuracy in the
2422 * radiotap field and the accuracy known flag will be set.
99ee7cae 2423 *
72d78728 2424 * @netdev_features: netdev features to be set in each netdev created
680a0dab
JB
2425 * from this HW. Note that not all features are usable with mac80211,
2426 * other features will be rejected during HW registration.
219c3867
AB
2427 *
2428 * @uapsd_queues: This bitmap is included in (re)association frame to indicate
2429 * for each access category if it is uAPSD trigger-enabled and delivery-
2430 * enabled. Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_* to set this bitmap.
2431 * Each bit corresponds to different AC. Value '1' in specific bit means
2432 * that corresponding AC is both trigger- and delivery-enabled. '0' means
2433 * neither enabled.
2434 *
2435 * @uapsd_max_sp_len: maximum number of total buffered frames the WMM AP may
2436 * deliver to a WMM STA during any Service Period triggered by the WMM STA.
2437 * Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_SP_* for correct values.
2475b1cc
MS
2438 *
2439 * @n_cipher_schemes: a size of an array of cipher schemes definitions.
2440 * @cipher_schemes: a pointer to an array of cipher scheme definitions
2441 * supported by HW.
167e33f4
AB
2442 * @max_nan_de_entries: maximum number of NAN DE functions supported by the
2443 * device.
70e53669
WG
2444 *
2445 * @tx_sk_pacing_shift: Pacing shift to set on TCP sockets when frames from
2446 * them are encountered. The default should typically not be changed,
2447 * unless the driver has good reasons for needing more buffers.
b4809e94 2448 *
cb86880e 2449 * @weight_multiplier: Driver specific airtime weight multiplier used while
b4809e94 2450 * refilling deficit of each TXQ.
7ac1bd6a 2451 */
f0706e82 2452struct ieee80211_hw {
f0706e82 2453 struct ieee80211_conf conf;
75a5f0cc 2454 struct wiphy *wiphy;
830f9038 2455 const char *rate_control_algorithm;
f0706e82 2456 void *priv;
30686bf7 2457 unsigned long flags[BITS_TO_LONGS(NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS)];
f0706e82 2458 unsigned int extra_tx_headroom;
70dabeb7 2459 unsigned int extra_beacon_tailroom;
32bfd35d 2460 int vif_data_size;
17741cdc 2461 int sta_data_size;
d01a1e65 2462 int chanctx_data_size;
ba8c3d6f 2463 int txq_data_size;
ea95bba4 2464 u16 queues;
ea95bba4 2465 u16 max_listen_interval;
f0706e82 2466 s8 max_signal;
e6a9854b 2467 u8 max_rates;
78be49ec 2468 u8 max_report_rates;
e6a9854b 2469 u8 max_rate_tries;
41cbb0f5
LC
2470 u16 max_rx_aggregation_subframes;
2471 u16 max_tx_aggregation_subframes;
6e0456b5 2472 u8 max_tx_fragments;
3a25a8c8 2473 u8 offchannel_tx_hw_queue;
ac55d2fe 2474 u8 radiotap_mcs_details;
51648921 2475 u16 radiotap_vht_details;
99ee7cae
JB
2476 struct {
2477 int units_pos;
2478 s16 accuracy;
2479 } radiotap_timestamp;
72d78728 2480 netdev_features_t netdev_features;
219c3867
AB
2481 u8 uapsd_queues;
2482 u8 uapsd_max_sp_len;
2475b1cc
MS
2483 u8 n_cipher_schemes;
2484 const struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme *cipher_schemes;
167e33f4 2485 u8 max_nan_de_entries;
70e53669 2486 u8 tx_sk_pacing_shift;
b4809e94 2487 u8 weight_multiplier;
f0706e82
JB
2488};
2489
30686bf7
JB
2490static inline bool _ieee80211_hw_check(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2491 enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg)
2492{
2493 return test_bit(flg, hw->flags);
2494}
2495#define ieee80211_hw_check(hw, flg) _ieee80211_hw_check(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg)
2496
2497static inline void _ieee80211_hw_set(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2498 enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg)
2499{
2500 return __set_bit(flg, hw->flags);
2501}
2502#define ieee80211_hw_set(hw, flg) _ieee80211_hw_set(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg)
2503
c56ef672
DS
2504/**
2505 * struct ieee80211_scan_request - hw scan request
2506 *
2507 * @ies: pointers different parts of IEs (in req.ie)
2508 * @req: cfg80211 request.
2509 */
2510struct ieee80211_scan_request {
2511 struct ieee80211_scan_ies ies;
2512
2513 /* Keep last */
2514 struct cfg80211_scan_request req;
2515};
2516
8a4d32f3
AN
2517/**
2518 * struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params - TDLS channel switch parameters
2519 *
2520 * @sta: peer this TDLS channel-switch request/response came from
2521 * @chandef: channel referenced in a TDLS channel-switch request
2522 * @action_code: see &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode
2523 * @status: channel-switch response status
2524 * @timestamp: time at which the frame was received
2525 * @switch_time: switch-timing parameter received in the frame
2526 * @switch_timeout: switch-timing parameter received in the frame
2527 * @tmpl_skb: TDLS switch-channel response template
2528 * @ch_sw_tm_ie: offset of the channel-switch timing IE inside @tmpl_skb
2529 */
2530struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params {
2531 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
2532 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef;
2533 u8 action_code;
2534 u32 status;
2535 u32 timestamp;
2536 u16 switch_time;
2537 u16 switch_timeout;
2538 struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb;
2539 u32 ch_sw_tm_ie;
2540};
2541
9a95371a
LR
2542/**
2543 * wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw - return a mac80211 driver hw struct from a wiphy
2544 *
2545 * @wiphy: the &struct wiphy which we want to query
2546 *
2547 * mac80211 drivers can use this to get to their respective
2548 * &struct ieee80211_hw. Drivers wishing to get to their own private
2549 * structure can then access it via hw->priv. Note that mac802111 drivers should
2550 * not use wiphy_priv() to try to get their private driver structure as this
2551 * is already used internally by mac80211.
0ae997dc
YB
2552 *
2553 * Return: The mac80211 driver hw struct of @wiphy.
9a95371a
LR
2554 */
2555struct ieee80211_hw *wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw(struct wiphy *wiphy);
2556
75a5f0cc
JB
2557/**
2558 * SET_IEEE80211_DEV - set device for 802.11 hardware
2559 *
2560 * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the device for
2561 * @dev: the &struct device of this 802.11 device
2562 */
f0706e82
JB
2563static inline void SET_IEEE80211_DEV(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct device *dev)
2564{
2565 set_wiphy_dev(hw->wiphy, dev);
2566}
2567
75a5f0cc 2568/**
e37d4dff 2569 * SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR - set the permanent MAC address for 802.11 hardware
75a5f0cc
JB
2570 *
2571 * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the MAC address for
2572 * @addr: the address to set
2573 */
538dc904 2574static inline void SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, const u8 *addr)
f0706e82
JB
2575{
2576 memcpy(hw->wiphy->perm_addr, addr, ETH_ALEN);
2577}
2578
2e92e6f2
JB
2579static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
2580ieee80211_get_tx_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
e039fa4a 2581 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c)
2e92e6f2 2582{
aa331df0 2583 if (WARN_ON_ONCE(c->control.rates[0].idx < 0))
2e92e6f2 2584 return NULL;
e6a9854b 2585 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[0].idx];
2e92e6f2
JB
2586}
2587
2588static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
2589ieee80211_get_rts_cts_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
e039fa4a 2590 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c)
2e92e6f2 2591{
e039fa4a 2592 if (c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx < 0)
2e92e6f2 2593 return NULL;
e039fa4a 2594 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx];
2e92e6f2
JB
2595}
2596
2597static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
2598ieee80211_get_alt_retry_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
870abdf6 2599 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c, int idx)
2e92e6f2 2600{
e6a9854b 2601 if (c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx < 0)
2e92e6f2 2602 return NULL;
e6a9854b 2603 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx];
2e92e6f2
JB
2604}
2605
6096de7f
JB
2606/**
2607 * ieee80211_free_txskb - free TX skb
2608 * @hw: the hardware
2609 * @skb: the skb
2610 *
2611 * Free a transmit skb. Use this funtion when some failure
2612 * to transmit happened and thus status cannot be reported.
2613 */
2614void ieee80211_free_txskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb);
2615
75a5f0cc
JB
2616/**
2617 * DOC: Hardware crypto acceleration
2618 *
2619 * mac80211 is capable of taking advantage of many hardware
2620 * acceleration designs for encryption and decryption operations.
2621 *
2622 * The set_key() callback in the &struct ieee80211_ops for a given
2623 * device is called to enable hardware acceleration of encryption and
dc822b5d
JB
2624 * decryption. The callback takes a @sta parameter that will be NULL
2625 * for default keys or keys used for transmission only, or point to
2626 * the station information for the peer for individual keys.
75a5f0cc
JB
2627 * Multiple transmission keys with the same key index may be used when
2628 * VLANs are configured for an access point.
4150c572 2629 *
75a5f0cc
JB
2630 * When transmitting, the TX control data will use the @hw_key_idx
2631 * selected by the driver by modifying the &struct ieee80211_key_conf
2632 * pointed to by the @key parameter to the set_key() function.
2633 *
2634 * The set_key() call for the %SET_KEY command should return 0 if
2635 * the key is now in use, -%EOPNOTSUPP or -%ENOSPC if it couldn't be
2636 * added; if you return 0 then hw_key_idx must be assigned to the
2637 * hardware key index, you are free to use the full u8 range.
2638 *
fa7e1fbc
JB
2639 * Note that in the case that the @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL flag is
2640 * set, mac80211 will not automatically fall back to software crypto if
2641 * enabling hardware crypto failed. The set_key() call may also return the
2642 * value 1 to permit this specific key/algorithm to be done in software.
2643 *
75a5f0cc
JB
2644 * When the cmd is %DISABLE_KEY then it must succeed.
2645 *
2646 * Note that it is permissible to not decrypt a frame even if a key
2647 * for it has been uploaded to hardware, the stack will not make any
2648 * decision based on whether a key has been uploaded or not but rather
2649 * based on the receive flags.
2650 *
2651 * The &struct ieee80211_key_conf structure pointed to by the @key
2652 * parameter is guaranteed to be valid until another call to set_key()
2653 * removes it, but it can only be used as a cookie to differentiate
2654 * keys.
9ae4fda3
EG
2655 *
2656 * In TKIP some HW need to be provided a phase 1 key, for RX decryption
2657 * acceleration (i.e. iwlwifi). Those drivers should provide update_tkip_key
2658 * handler.
2659 * The update_tkip_key() call updates the driver with the new phase 1 key.
25985edc 2660 * This happens every time the iv16 wraps around (every 65536 packets). The
9ae4fda3
EG
2661 * set_key() call will happen only once for each key (unless the AP did
2662 * rekeying), it will not include a valid phase 1 key. The valid phase 1 key is
e37d4dff 2663 * provided by update_tkip_key only. The trigger that makes mac80211 call this
9ae4fda3 2664 * handler is software decryption with wrap around of iv16.
de5fad81
YD
2665 *
2666 * The set_default_unicast_key() call updates the default WEP key index
2667 * configured to the hardware for WEP encryption type. This is required
2668 * for devices that support offload of data packets (e.g. ARP responses).
62872a9b
AW
2669 *
2670 * Mac80211 drivers should set the @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0 flag
2671 * when they are able to replace in-use PTK keys according to to following
2672 * requirements:
2673 * 1) They do not hand over frames decrypted with the old key to
2674 mac80211 once the call to set_key() with command %DISABLE_KEY has been
2675 completed when also setting @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV for any key,
2676 2) either drop or continue to use the old key for any outgoing frames queued
2677 at the time of the key deletion (including re-transmits),
2678 3) never send out a frame queued prior to the set_key() %SET_KEY command
2679 encrypted with the new key and
2680 4) never send out a frame unencrypted when it should be encrypted.
2681 Mac80211 will not queue any new frames for a deleted key to the driver.
4150c572 2682 */
75a5f0cc 2683
4be8c387
JB
2684/**
2685 * DOC: Powersave support
2686 *
2687 * mac80211 has support for various powersave implementations.
2688 *
c99445b1
KV
2689 * First, it can support hardware that handles all powersaving by itself,
2690 * such hardware should simply set the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS hardware
2691 * flag. In that case, it will be told about the desired powersave mode
2692 * with the %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag depending on the association status.
2693 * The hardware must take care of sending nullfunc frames when necessary,
2694 * i.e. when entering and leaving powersave mode. The hardware is required
2695 * to look at the AID in beacons and signal to the AP that it woke up when
2696 * it finds traffic directed to it.
2697 *
2698 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag enabled means that the powersave mode defined in
2699 * IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2 is enabled. This is not to be confused
2700 * with hardware wakeup and sleep states. Driver is responsible for waking
2738bd68
BC
2701 * up the hardware before issuing commands to the hardware and putting it
2702 * back to sleep at appropriate times.
c99445b1
KV
2703 *
2704 * When PS is enabled, hardware needs to wakeup for beacons and receive the
2705 * buffered multicast/broadcast frames after the beacon. Also it must be
2706 * possible to send frames and receive the acknowledment frame.
4be8c387
JB
2707 *
2708 * Other hardware designs cannot send nullfunc frames by themselves and also
2709 * need software support for parsing the TIM bitmap. This is also supported
2710 * by mac80211 by combining the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS and
2711 * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK flags. The hardware is of course still
955394c9
JB
2712 * required to pass up beacons. The hardware is still required to handle
2713 * waking up for multicast traffic; if it cannot the driver must handle that
c99445b1
KV
2714 * as best as it can, mac80211 is too slow to do that.
2715 *
2716 * Dynamic powersave is an extension to normal powersave in which the
2717 * hardware stays awake for a user-specified period of time after sending a
2718 * frame so that reply frames need not be buffered and therefore delayed to
2719 * the next wakeup. It's compromise of getting good enough latency when
2720 * there's data traffic and still saving significantly power in idle
2721 * periods.
2722 *
2738bd68 2723 * Dynamic powersave is simply supported by mac80211 enabling and disabling
c99445b1
KV
2724 * PS based on traffic. Driver needs to only set %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS
2725 * flag and mac80211 will handle everything automatically. Additionally,
2726 * hardware having support for the dynamic PS feature may set the
2727 * %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS flag to indicate that it can support
2728 * dynamic PS mode itself. The driver needs to look at the
2729 * @dynamic_ps_timeout hardware configuration value and use it that value
2730 * whenever %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. In this case mac80211 will disable
2731 * dynamic PS feature in stack and will just keep %IEEE80211_CONF_PS
2732 * enabled whenever user has enabled powersave.
2733 *
2734 * Driver informs U-APSD client support by enabling
848955cc 2735 * %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD flag. The mode is configured through the
e227867f 2736 * uapsd parameter in conf_tx() operation. Hardware needs to send the QoS
c99445b1
KV
2737 * Nullfunc frames and stay awake until the service period has ended. To
2738 * utilize U-APSD, dynamic powersave is disabled for voip AC and all frames
2739 * from that AC are transmitted with powersave enabled.
2740 *
2741 * Note: U-APSD client mode is not yet supported with
2742 * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK.
4be8c387
JB
2743 */
2744
04de8381
KV
2745/**
2746 * DOC: Beacon filter support
2747 *
2748 * Some hardware have beacon filter support to reduce host cpu wakeups
42b2aa86 2749 * which will reduce system power consumption. It usually works so that
04de8381
KV
2750 * the firmware creates a checksum of the beacon but omits all constantly
2751 * changing elements (TSF, TIM etc). Whenever the checksum changes the
2752 * beacon is forwarded to the host, otherwise it will be just dropped. That
2753 * way the host will only receive beacons where some relevant information
2754 * (for example ERP protection or WMM settings) have changed.
2755 *
c1288b12
JB
2756 * Beacon filter support is advertised with the %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER
2757 * interface capability. The driver needs to enable beacon filter support
955394c9
JB
2758 * whenever power save is enabled, that is %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. When
2759 * power save is enabled, the stack will not check for beacon loss and the
2760 * driver needs to notify about loss of beacons with ieee80211_beacon_loss().
2761 *
2762 * The time (or number of beacons missed) until the firmware notifies the
2763 * driver of a beacon loss event (which in turn causes the driver to call
2764 * ieee80211_beacon_loss()) should be configurable and will be controlled
2765 * by mac80211 and the roaming algorithm in the future.
2766 *
2767 * Since there may be constantly changing information elements that nothing
2768 * in the software stack cares about, we will, in the future, have mac80211
2769 * tell the driver which information elements are interesting in the sense
2770 * that we want to see changes in them. This will include
b4f7f4ad 2771 *
955394c9
JB
2772 * - a list of information element IDs
2773 * - a list of OUIs for the vendor information element
2774 *
2775 * Ideally, the hardware would filter out any beacons without changes in the
2776 * requested elements, but if it cannot support that it may, at the expense
2777 * of some efficiency, filter out only a subset. For example, if the device
2778 * doesn't support checking for OUIs it should pass up all changes in all
2779 * vendor information elements.
2780 *
2781 * Note that change, for the sake of simplification, also includes information
2782 * elements appearing or disappearing from the beacon.
2783 *
2784 * Some hardware supports an "ignore list" instead, just make sure nothing
2785 * that was requested is on the ignore list, and include commonly changing
2786 * information element IDs in the ignore list, for example 11 (BSS load) and
2787 * the various vendor-assigned IEs with unknown contents (128, 129, 133-136,
2788 * 149, 150, 155, 156, 173, 176, 178, 179, 219); for forward compatibility
2789 * it could also include some currently unused IDs.
2790 *
2791 *
2792 * In addition to these capabilities, hardware should support notifying the
2793 * host of changes in the beacon RSSI. This is relevant to implement roaming
2794 * when no traffic is flowing (when traffic is flowing we see the RSSI of
2795 * the received data packets). This can consist in notifying the host when
2796 * the RSSI changes significantly or when it drops below or rises above
2797 * configurable thresholds. In the future these thresholds will also be
2798 * configured by mac80211 (which gets them from userspace) to implement
2799 * them as the roaming algorithm requires.
2800 *
2801 * If the hardware cannot implement this, the driver should ask it to
2802 * periodically pass beacon frames to the host so that software can do the
2803 * signal strength threshold checking.
04de8381
KV
2804 */
2805
0f78231b
JB
2806/**
2807 * DOC: Spatial multiplexing power save
2808 *
2809 * SMPS (Spatial multiplexing power save) is a mechanism to conserve
2810 * power in an 802.11n implementation. For details on the mechanism
2811 * and rationale, please refer to 802.11 (as amended by 802.11n-2009)
2812 * "11.2.3 SM power save".
2813 *
2814 * The mac80211 implementation is capable of sending action frames
2815 * to update the AP about the station's SMPS mode, and will instruct
2816 * the driver to enter the specific mode. It will also announce the
2817 * requested SMPS mode during the association handshake. Hardware
2818 * support for this feature is required, and can be indicated by
2819 * hardware flags.
2820 *
2821 * The default mode will be "automatic", which nl80211/cfg80211
2822 * defines to be dynamic SMPS in (regular) powersave, and SMPS
2823 * turned off otherwise.
2824 *
2825 * To support this feature, the driver must set the appropriate
2826 * hardware support flags, and handle the SMPS flag to the config()
2827 * operation. It will then with this mechanism be instructed to
2828 * enter the requested SMPS mode while associated to an HT AP.
2829 */
2830
75a5f0cc
JB
2831/**
2832 * DOC: Frame filtering
2833 *
2834 * mac80211 requires to see many management frames for proper
2835 * operation, and users may want to see many more frames when
2836 * in monitor mode. However, for best CPU usage and power consumption,
2837 * having as few frames as possible percolate through the stack is
2838 * desirable. Hence, the hardware should filter as much as possible.
2839 *
2840 * To achieve this, mac80211 uses filter flags (see below) to tell
2841 * the driver's configure_filter() function which frames should be
2842 * passed to mac80211 and which should be filtered out.
2843 *
3ac64bee
JB
2844 * Before configure_filter() is invoked, the prepare_multicast()
2845 * callback is invoked with the parameters @mc_count and @mc_list
2846 * for the combined multicast address list of all virtual interfaces.
2847 * It's use is optional, and it returns a u64 that is passed to
2848 * configure_filter(). Additionally, configure_filter() has the
2849 * arguments @changed_flags telling which flags were changed and
2850 * @total_flags with the new flag states.
75a5f0cc
JB
2851 *
2852 * If your device has no multicast address filters your driver will
2853 * need to check both the %FIF_ALLMULTI flag and the @mc_count
2854 * parameter to see whether multicast frames should be accepted
2855 * or dropped.
2856 *
d0f5afbe
MB
2857 * All unsupported flags in @total_flags must be cleared.
2858 * Hardware does not support a flag if it is incapable of _passing_
2859 * the frame to the stack. Otherwise the driver must ignore
2860 * the flag, but not clear it.
2861 * You must _only_ clear the flag (announce no support for the
2862 * flag to mac80211) if you are not able to pass the packet type
2863 * to the stack (so the hardware always filters it).
2864 * So for example, you should clear @FIF_CONTROL, if your hardware
2865 * always filters control frames. If your hardware always passes
2866 * control frames to the kernel and is incapable of filtering them,
2867 * you do _not_ clear the @FIF_CONTROL flag.
2868 * This rule applies to all other FIF flags as well.
4150c572 2869 */
75a5f0cc 2870
4b801bc9
JB
2871/**
2872 * DOC: AP support for powersaving clients
2873 *
2874 * In order to implement AP and P2P GO modes, mac80211 has support for
2875 * client powersaving, both "legacy" PS (PS-Poll/null data) and uAPSD.
2876 * There currently is no support for sAPSD.
2877 *
2878 * There is one assumption that mac80211 makes, namely that a client
2879 * will not poll with PS-Poll and trigger with uAPSD at the same time.
2880 * Both are supported, and both can be used by the same client, but
2881 * they can't be used concurrently by the same client. This simplifies
2882 * the driver code.
2883 *
2884 * The first thing to keep in mind is that there is a flag for complete
2885 * driver implementation: %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS. If this flag is set,
2886 * mac80211 expects the driver to handle most of the state machine for
2887 * powersaving clients and will ignore the PM bit in incoming frames.
2888 * Drivers then use ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() to inform mac80211 of
2889 * stations' powersave transitions. In this mode, mac80211 also doesn't
2890 * handle PS-Poll/uAPSD.
2891 *
2892 * In the mode without %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS, mac80211 will check the
2893 * PM bit in incoming frames for client powersave transitions. When a
2894 * station goes to sleep, we will stop transmitting to it. There is,
2895 * however, a race condition: a station might go to sleep while there is
2896 * data buffered on hardware queues. If the device has support for this
2897 * it will reject frames, and the driver should give the frames back to
2898 * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED flag set which will
2899 * cause mac80211 to retry the frame when the station wakes up. The
2900 * driver is also notified of powersave transitions by calling its
2901 * @sta_notify callback.
2902 *
2903 * When the station is asleep, it has three choices: it can wake up,
2904 * it can PS-Poll, or it can possibly start a uAPSD service period.
2905 * Waking up is implemented by simply transmitting all buffered (and
2906 * filtered) frames to the station. This is the easiest case. When
2907 * the station sends a PS-Poll or a uAPSD trigger frame, mac80211
2908 * will inform the driver of this with the @allow_buffered_frames
2909 * callback; this callback is optional. mac80211 will then transmit
02f2f1a9 2910 * the frames as usual and set the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER
4b801bc9
JB
2911 * on each frame. The last frame in the service period (or the only
2912 * response to a PS-Poll) also has %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set to
2913 * indicate that it ends the service period; as this frame must have
2914 * TX status report it also sets %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS.
2915 * When TX status is reported for this frame, the service period is
2916 * marked has having ended and a new one can be started by the peer.
2917 *
02f2f1a9
JB
2918 * Additionally, non-bufferable MMPDUs can also be transmitted by
2919 * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER set in them.
2920 *
4b801bc9
JB
2921 * Another race condition can happen on some devices like iwlwifi
2922 * when there are frames queued for the station and it wakes up
2923 * or polls; the frames that are already queued could end up being
2924 * transmitted first instead, causing reordering and/or wrong
2925 * processing of the EOSP. The cause is that allowing frames to be
2926 * transmitted to a certain station is out-of-band communication to
2927 * the device. To allow this problem to be solved, the driver can
2928 * call ieee80211_sta_block_awake() if frames are buffered when it
2929 * is notified that the station went to sleep. When all these frames
2930 * have been filtered (see above), it must call the function again
2931 * to indicate that the station is no longer blocked.
2932 *
2933 * If the driver buffers frames in the driver for aggregation in any
2934 * way, it must use the ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() call when it is
2935 * notified of the station going to sleep to inform mac80211 of any
2936 * TIDs that have frames buffered. Note that when a station wakes up
2937 * this information is reset (hence the requirement to call it when
2938 * informed of the station going to sleep). Then, when a service
2939 * period starts for any reason, @release_buffered_frames is called
2940 * with the number of frames to be released and which TIDs they are
2941 * to come from. In this case, the driver is responsible for setting
2942 * the EOSP (for uAPSD) and MORE_DATA bits in the released frames,
e227867f 2943 * to help the @more_data parameter is passed to tell the driver if
4b801bc9
JB
2944 * there is more data on other TIDs -- the TIDs to release frames
2945 * from are ignored since mac80211 doesn't know how many frames the
2946 * buffers for those TIDs contain.
2947 *
2948 * If the driver also implement GO mode, where absence periods may
2949 * shorten service periods (or abort PS-Poll responses), it must
2950 * filter those response frames except in the case of frames that
2951 * are buffered in the driver -- those must remain buffered to avoid
2952 * reordering. Because it is possible that no frames are released
e943789e 2953 * in this case, the driver must call ieee80211_sta_eosp()
4b801bc9
JB
2954 * to indicate to mac80211 that the service period ended anyway.
2955 *
2956 * Finally, if frames from multiple TIDs are released from mac80211
2957 * but the driver might reorder them, it must clear & set the flags
2958 * appropriately (only the last frame may have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP)
2959 * and also take care of the EOSP and MORE_DATA bits in the frame.
e943789e 2960 * The driver may also use ieee80211_sta_eosp() in this case.
b77cf4f8
JB
2961 *
2962 * Note that if the driver ever buffers frames other than QoS-data
2963 * frames, it must take care to never send a non-QoS-data frame as
2964 * the last frame in a service period, adding a QoS-nulldata frame
2965 * after a non-QoS-data frame if needed.
4b801bc9
JB
2966 */
2967
3a25a8c8
JB
2968/**
2969 * DOC: HW queue control
2970 *
2971 * Before HW queue control was introduced, mac80211 only had a single static
2972 * assignment of per-interface AC software queues to hardware queues. This
2973 * was problematic for a few reasons:
2974 * 1) off-channel transmissions might get stuck behind other frames
2975 * 2) multiple virtual interfaces couldn't be handled correctly
2976 * 3) after-DTIM frames could get stuck behind other frames
2977 *
2978 * To solve this, hardware typically uses multiple different queues for all
2979 * the different usages, and this needs to be propagated into mac80211 so it
2980 * won't have the same problem with the software queues.
2981 *
2982 * Therefore, mac80211 now offers the %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL capability
2983 * flag that tells it that the driver implements its own queue control. To do
2984 * so, the driver will set up the various queues in each &struct ieee80211_vif
2985 * and the offchannel queue in &struct ieee80211_hw. In response, mac80211 will
2986 * use those queue IDs in the hw_queue field of &struct ieee80211_tx_info and
2987 * if necessary will queue the frame on the right software queue that mirrors
2988 * the hardware queue.
2989 * Additionally, the driver has to then use these HW queue IDs for the queue
2990 * management functions (ieee80211_stop_queue() et al.)
2991 *
2992 * The driver is free to set up the queue mappings as needed, multiple virtual
2993 * interfaces may map to the same hardware queues if needed. The setup has to
2994 * happen during add_interface or change_interface callbacks. For example, a
2995 * driver supporting station+station and station+AP modes might decide to have
2996 * 10 hardware queues to handle different scenarios:
2997 *
2998 * 4 AC HW queues for 1st vif: 0, 1, 2, 3
2999 * 4 AC HW queues for 2nd vif: 4, 5, 6, 7
3000 * after-DTIM queue for AP: 8
3001 * off-channel queue: 9
3002 *
3003 * It would then set up the hardware like this:
3004 * hw.offchannel_tx_hw_queue = 9
3005 *
3006 * and the first virtual interface that is added as follows:
3007 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VO] = 0
3008 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VI] = 1
3009 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BE] = 2
3010 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BK] = 3
3011 * vif.cab_queue = 8 // if AP mode, otherwise %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE
3012 * and the second virtual interface with 4-7.
3013 *
3014 * If queue 6 gets full, for example, mac80211 would only stop the second
3015 * virtual interface's BE queue since virtual interface queues are per AC.
3016 *
3017 * Note that the vif.cab_queue value should be set to %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE
3018 * whenever the queue is not used (i.e. the interface is not in AP mode) if the
3019 * queue could potentially be shared since mac80211 will look at cab_queue when
3020 * a queue is stopped/woken even if the interface is not in AP mode.
3021 */
3022
75a5f0cc
JB
3023/**
3024 * enum ieee80211_filter_flags - hardware filter flags
3025 *
3026 * These flags determine what the filter in hardware should be
3027 * programmed to let through and what should not be passed to the
3028 * stack. It is always safe to pass more frames than requested,
3029 * but this has negative impact on power consumption.
3030 *
75a5f0cc
JB
3031 * @FIF_ALLMULTI: pass all multicast frames, this is used if requested
3032 * by the user or if the hardware is not capable of filtering by
3033 * multicast address.
3034 *
3035 * @FIF_FCSFAIL: pass frames with failed FCS (but you need to set the
3036 * %RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC for them)
3037 *
3038 * @FIF_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with failed PLCP CRC (but you need to set
3039 * the %RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC for them
3040 *
3041 * @FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC: This flag is set during scanning to indicate
3042 * to the hardware that it should not filter beacons or probe responses
3043 * by BSSID. Filtering them can greatly reduce the amount of processing
3044 * mac80211 needs to do and the amount of CPU wakeups, so you should
3045 * honour this flag if possible.
3046 *
df140465
JB
3047 * @FIF_CONTROL: pass control frames (except for PS Poll) addressed to this
3048 * station
75a5f0cc
JB
3049 *
3050 * @FIF_OTHER_BSS: pass frames destined to other BSSes
e3b90ca2 3051 *
c2d3955b 3052 * @FIF_PSPOLL: pass PS Poll frames
7be5086d
JB
3053 *
3054 * @FIF_PROBE_REQ: pass probe request frames
4150c572 3055 */
75a5f0cc 3056enum ieee80211_filter_flags {
75a5f0cc
JB
3057 FIF_ALLMULTI = 1<<1,
3058 FIF_FCSFAIL = 1<<2,
3059 FIF_PLCPFAIL = 1<<3,
3060 FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC = 1<<4,
3061 FIF_CONTROL = 1<<5,
3062 FIF_OTHER_BSS = 1<<6,
e3b90ca2 3063 FIF_PSPOLL = 1<<7,
7be5086d 3064 FIF_PROBE_REQ = 1<<8,
75a5f0cc
JB
3065};
3066
1b7d03ac
RR
3067/**
3068 * enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action - A-MPDU actions
3069 *
3070 * These flags are used with the ampdu_action() callback in
3071 * &struct ieee80211_ops to indicate which action is needed.
827d42c9
JB
3072 *
3073 * Note that drivers MUST be able to deal with a TX aggregation
3074 * session being stopped even before they OK'ed starting it by
5d22c89b 3075 * calling ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe, because the peer
827d42c9
JB
3076 * might receive the addBA frame and send a delBA right away!
3077 *
18b559d5
JB
3078 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START: start RX aggregation
3079 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP: stop RX aggregation
3080 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START: start TX aggregation
b1720231 3081 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL: TX aggregation has become operational
18b559d5
JB
3082 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT: stop TX aggregation but continue transmitting
3083 * queued packets, now unaggregated. After all packets are transmitted the
3084 * driver has to call ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe().
3085 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH: stop TX aggregation and flush all packets,
3086 * called when the station is removed. There's no need or reason to call
3087 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() in this case as mac80211 assumes the
3088 * session is gone and removes the station.
3089 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT: called when TX aggregation is stopped
3090 * but the driver hasn't called ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() yet and
3091 * now the connection is dropped and the station will be removed. Drivers
3092 * should clean up and drop remaining packets when this is called.
1b7d03ac
RR
3093 */
3094enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action {
3095 IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START,
3096 IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP,
0df3ef45 3097 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START,
18b559d5
JB
3098 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT,
3099 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH,
3100 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT,
b1720231 3101 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL,
1b7d03ac 3102};
75a5f0cc 3103
50ea05ef
SS
3104/**
3105 * struct ieee80211_ampdu_params - AMPDU action parameters
3106 *
3107 * @action: the ampdu action, value from %ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action.
3108 * @sta: peer of this AMPDU session
3109 * @tid: tid of the BA session
3110 * @ssn: start sequence number of the session. TX/RX_STOP can pass 0. When
3111 * action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START the driver passes back the
3112 * actual ssn value used to start the session and writes the value here.
3113 * @buf_size: reorder buffer size (number of subframes). Valid only when the
3114 * action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START or
3115 * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL
3116 * @amsdu: indicates the peer's ability to receive A-MSDU within A-MPDU.
3117 * valid when the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL
3118 * @timeout: BA session timeout. Valid only when the action is set to
3119 * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START
3120 */
3121struct ieee80211_ampdu_params {
3122 enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action action;
3123 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
3124 u16 tid;
3125 u16 ssn;
41cbb0f5 3126 u16 buf_size;
50ea05ef
SS
3127 bool amsdu;
3128 u16 timeout;
3129};
3130
4049e09a
JB
3131/**
3132 * enum ieee80211_frame_release_type - frame release reason
3133 * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL: frame released for PS-Poll
47086fc5
JB
3134 * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD: frame(s) released due to
3135 * frame received on trigger-enabled AC
4049e09a
JB
3136 */
3137enum ieee80211_frame_release_type {
3138 IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL,
47086fc5 3139 IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD,
4049e09a
JB
3140};
3141
8f727ef3
JB
3142/**
3143 * enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed - flags to indicate what changed
3144 *
3145 * @IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED: The bandwidth that can be used to transmit
e1a0c6b3
JB
3146 * to this station changed. The actual bandwidth is in the station
3147 * information -- for HT20/40 the IEEE80211_HT_CAP_SUP_WIDTH_20_40
3148 * flag changes, for HT and VHT the bandwidth field changes.
8f727ef3 3149 * @IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED: The SMPS state of the station changed.
e687f61e
AQ
3150 * @IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED: The supported rate set of this peer
3151 * changed (in IBSS mode) due to discovering more information about
3152 * the peer.
0af83d3d
JB
3153 * @IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED: N_SS (number of spatial streams) was changed
3154 * by the peer
8f727ef3
JB
3155 */
3156enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed {
3157 IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0),
3158 IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED = BIT(1),
e687f61e 3159 IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED = BIT(2),
0af83d3d 3160 IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED = BIT(3),
8f727ef3
JB
3161};
3162
d339d5ca
IP
3163/**
3164 * enum ieee80211_roc_type - remain on channel type
3165 *
3166 * With the support for multi channel contexts and multi channel operations,
3167 * remain on channel operations might be limited/deferred/aborted by other
3168 * flows/operations which have higher priority (and vise versa).
3169 * Specifying the ROC type can be used by devices to prioritize the ROC
3170 * operations compared to other operations/flows.
3171 *
3172 * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL: There are no special requirements for this ROC.
3173 * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX: The remain on channel request is required
3174 * for sending managment frames offchannel.
3175 */
3176enum ieee80211_roc_type {
3177 IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL = 0,
3178 IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX,
3179};
3180
cf2c92d8
EP
3181/**
3182 * enum ieee80211_reconfig_complete_type - reconfig type
3183 *
3184 * This enum is used by the reconfig_complete() callback to indicate what
3185 * reconfiguration type was completed.
3186 *
3187 * @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART: hw restart type
3188 * (also due to resume() callback returning 1)
3189 * @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND: suspend type (regardless
3190 * of wowlan configuration)
3191 */
3192enum ieee80211_reconfig_type {
3193 IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART,
3194 IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND,
3195};
3196
75a5f0cc
JB
3197/**
3198 * struct ieee80211_ops - callbacks from mac80211 to the driver
3199 *
3200 * This structure contains various callbacks that the driver may
3201 * handle or, in some cases, must handle, for example to configure
3202 * the hardware to a new channel or to transmit a frame.
3203 *
3204 * @tx: Handler that 802.11 module calls for each transmitted frame.
3205 * skb contains the buffer starting from the IEEE 802.11 header.
3206 * The low-level driver should send the frame out based on
eefce91a 3207 * configuration in the TX control data. This handler should,
11127e91 3208 * preferably, never fail and stop queues appropriately.
11127e91 3209 * Must be atomic.
75a5f0cc
JB
3210 *
3211 * @start: Called before the first netdevice attached to the hardware
3212 * is enabled. This should turn on the hardware and must turn on
3213 * frame reception (for possibly enabled monitor interfaces.)
3214 * Returns negative error codes, these may be seen in userspace,
3215 * or zero.
3216 * When the device is started it should not have a MAC address
3217 * to avoid acknowledging frames before a non-monitor device
3218 * is added.
e1781ed3 3219 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
75a5f0cc
JB
3220 *
3221 * @stop: Called after last netdevice attached to the hardware
3222 * is disabled. This should turn off the hardware (at least
3223 * it must turn off frame reception.)
3224 * May be called right after add_interface if that rejects
42935eca
LR
3225 * an interface. If you added any work onto the mac80211 workqueue
3226 * you should ensure to cancel it on this callback.
e1781ed3 3227 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3228 *
eecc4800
JB
3229 * @suspend: Suspend the device; mac80211 itself will quiesce before and
3230 * stop transmitting and doing any other configuration, and then
3231 * ask the device to suspend. This is only invoked when WoWLAN is
3232 * configured, otherwise the device is deconfigured completely and
3233 * reconfigured at resume time.
2b4562df
JB
3234 * The driver may also impose special conditions under which it
3235 * wants to use the "normal" suspend (deconfigure), say if it only
3236 * supports WoWLAN when the device is associated. In this case, it
3237 * must return 1 from this function.
eecc4800
JB
3238 *
3239 * @resume: If WoWLAN was configured, this indicates that mac80211 is
3240 * now resuming its operation, after this the device must be fully
3241 * functional again. If this returns an error, the only way out is
3242 * to also unregister the device. If it returns 1, then mac80211
3243 * will also go through the regular complete restart on resume.
3244 *
d13e1414
JB
3245 * @set_wakeup: Enable or disable wakeup when WoWLAN configuration is
3246 * modified. The reason is that device_set_wakeup_enable() is
3247 * supposed to be called when the configuration changes, not only
3248 * in suspend().
3249 *
75a5f0cc 3250 * @add_interface: Called when a netdevice attached to the hardware is
e37d4dff 3251 * enabled. Because it is not called for monitor mode devices, @start
75a5f0cc
JB
3252 * and @stop must be implemented.
3253 * The driver should perform any initialization it needs before
3254 * the device can be enabled. The initial configuration for the
3255 * interface is given in the conf parameter.
3256 * The callback may refuse to add an interface by returning a
3257 * negative error code (which will be seen in userspace.)
e1781ed3 3258 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3259 *
34d4bc4d
JB
3260 * @change_interface: Called when a netdevice changes type. This callback
3261 * is optional, but only if it is supported can interface types be
3262 * switched while the interface is UP. The callback may sleep.
3263 * Note that while an interface is being switched, it will not be
3264 * found by the interface iteration callbacks.
3265 *
75a5f0cc
JB
3266 * @remove_interface: Notifies a driver that an interface is going down.
3267 * The @stop callback is called after this if it is the last interface
3268 * and no monitor interfaces are present.
3269 * When all interfaces are removed, the MAC address in the hardware
3270 * must be cleared so the device no longer acknowledges packets,
3271 * the mac_addr member of the conf structure is, however, set to the
3272 * MAC address of the device going away.
e1781ed3 3273 * Hence, this callback must be implemented. It can sleep.
75a5f0cc
JB
3274 *
3275 * @config: Handler for configuration requests. IEEE 802.11 code calls this
3276 * function to change hardware configuration, e.g., channel.
6dd1bf31 3277 * This function should never fail but returns a negative error code
e1781ed3 3278 * if it does. The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3279 *
471b3efd
JB
3280 * @bss_info_changed: Handler for configuration requests related to BSS
3281 * parameters that may vary during BSS's lifespan, and may affect low
3282 * level driver (e.g. assoc/disassoc status, erp parameters).
3283 * This function should not be used if no BSS has been set, unless
3284 * for association indication. The @changed parameter indicates which
e1781ed3
KV
3285 * of the bss parameters has changed when a call is made. The callback
3286 * can sleep.
471b3efd 3287 *
3ac64bee
JB
3288 * @prepare_multicast: Prepare for multicast filter configuration.
3289 * This callback is optional, and its return value is passed
3290 * to configure_filter(). This callback must be atomic.
3291 *
75a5f0cc
JB
3292 * @configure_filter: Configure the device's RX filter.
3293 * See the section "Frame filtering" for more information.
e1781ed3 3294 * This callback must be implemented and can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3295 *
1b09b556
AO
3296 * @config_iface_filter: Configure the interface's RX filter.
3297 * This callback is optional and is used to configure which frames
3298 * should be passed to mac80211. The filter_flags is the combination
3299 * of FIF_* flags. The changed_flags is a bit mask that indicates
3300 * which flags are changed.
3301 * This callback can sleep.
3302 *
546c80c9 3303 * @set_tim: Set TIM bit. mac80211 calls this function when a TIM bit
17741cdc 3304 * must be set or cleared for a given STA. Must be atomic.
75a5f0cc
JB
3305 *
3306 * @set_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration"
e1781ed3
KV
3307 * This callback is only called between add_interface and
3308 * remove_interface calls, i.e. while the given virtual interface
dc822b5d 3309 * is enabled.
6dd1bf31 3310 * Returns a negative error code if the key can't be added.
e1781ed3 3311 * The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3312 *
9ae4fda3
EG
3313 * @update_tkip_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration"
3314 * This callback will be called in the context of Rx. Called for drivers
3315 * which set IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_TKIP_REQ_RX_P1_KEY.
eb807fb2 3316 * The callback must be atomic.
9ae4fda3 3317 *
c68f4b89
JB
3318 * @set_rekey_data: If the device supports GTK rekeying, for example while the
3319 * host is suspended, it can assign this callback to retrieve the data
3320 * necessary to do GTK rekeying, this is the KEK, KCK and replay counter.
3321 * After rekeying was done it should (for example during resume) notify
3322 * userspace of the new replay counter using ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify().
3323 *
de5fad81
YD
3324 * @set_default_unicast_key: Set the default (unicast) key index, useful for
3325 * WEP when the device sends data packets autonomously, e.g. for ARP
3326 * offloading. The index can be 0-3, or -1 for unsetting it.
3327 *
75a5f0cc 3328 * @hw_scan: Ask the hardware to service the scan request, no need to start
8318d78a 3329 * the scan state machine in stack. The scan must honour the channel
9050bdd8
KV
3330 * configuration done by the regulatory agent in the wiphy's
3331 * registered bands. The hardware (or the driver) needs to make sure
de95a54b
JB
3332 * that power save is disabled.
3333 * The @req ie/ie_len members are rewritten by mac80211 to contain the
3334 * entire IEs after the SSID, so that drivers need not look at these
3335 * at all but just send them after the SSID -- mac80211 includes the
3336 * (extended) supported rates and HT information (where applicable).
3337 * When the scan finishes, ieee80211_scan_completed() must be called;
3338 * note that it also must be called when the scan cannot finish due to
3339 * any error unless this callback returned a negative error code.
e9da68dd
JB
3340 * This callback is also allowed to return the special return value 1,
3341 * this indicates that hardware scan isn't desirable right now and a
3342 * software scan should be done instead. A driver wishing to use this
3343 * capability must ensure its (hardware) scan capabilities aren't
3344 * advertised as more capable than mac80211's software scan is.
e1781ed3 3345 * The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3346 *
b856439b
EP
3347 * @cancel_hw_scan: Ask the low-level tp cancel the active hw scan.
3348 * The driver should ask the hardware to cancel the scan (if possible),
3349 * but the scan will be completed only after the driver will call
3350 * ieee80211_scan_completed().
3351 * This callback is needed for wowlan, to prevent enqueueing a new
3352 * scan_work after the low-level driver was already suspended.
3353 * The callback can sleep.
3354 *
79f460ca
LC
3355 * @sched_scan_start: Ask the hardware to start scanning repeatedly at
3356 * specific intervals. The driver must call the
3357 * ieee80211_sched_scan_results() function whenever it finds results.
3358 * This process will continue until sched_scan_stop is called.
3359 *
3360 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the hardware to stop an ongoing scheduled scan.
37e3308c 3361 * In this case, ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped() must not be called.
79f460ca 3362 *
80e775bf
MB
3363 * @sw_scan_start: Notifier function that is called just before a software scan
3364 * is started. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need this notification.
a344d677
JB
3365 * The mac_addr parameter allows supporting NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR,
3366 * the driver may set the NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR flag if it
3367 * can use this parameter. The callback can sleep.
80e775bf 3368 *
e1781ed3
KV
3369 * @sw_scan_complete: Notifier function that is called just after a
3370 * software scan finished. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need
3371 * this notification.
3372 * The callback can sleep.
80e775bf 3373 *
6dd1bf31
BC
3374 * @get_stats: Return low-level statistics.
3375 * Returns zero if statistics are available.
e1781ed3 3376 * The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3377 *
9352c19f
JB
3378 * @get_key_seq: If your device implements encryption in hardware and does
3379 * IV/PN assignment then this callback should be provided to read the
3380 * IV/PN for the given key from hardware.
e1781ed3 3381 * The callback must be atomic.
75a5f0cc 3382 *
f23a4780 3383 * @set_frag_threshold: Configuration of fragmentation threshold. Assign this
f3fe4e93
SS
3384 * if the device does fragmentation by itself. Note that to prevent the
3385 * stack from doing fragmentation IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG
3386 * should be set as well.
f23a4780
AN
3387 * The callback can sleep.
3388 *
75a5f0cc 3389 * @set_rts_threshold: Configuration of RTS threshold (if device needs it)
e1781ed3 3390 * The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3391 *
34e89507
JB
3392 * @sta_add: Notifies low level driver about addition of an associated station,
3393 * AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. This callback can sleep.
3394 *
3395 * @sta_remove: Notifies low level driver about removal of an associated
6a9d1b91
JB
3396 * station, AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. Note that after the callback
3397 * returns it isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected;
3398 * no RCU grace period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing
3399 * the station. See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed.
3400 * This callback can sleep.
34e89507 3401 *
77d2ece6
SM
3402 * @sta_add_debugfs: Drivers can use this callback to add debugfs files
3403 * when a station is added to mac80211's station list. This callback
c7e9dbcf
JB
3404 * should be within a CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS conditional. This
3405 * callback can sleep.
77d2ece6 3406 *
34e89507 3407 * @sta_notify: Notifies low level driver about power state transition of an
d057e5a3
AN
3408 * associated station, AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. For a VIF operating
3409 * in AP mode, this callback will not be called when the flag
3410 * %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS is set. Must be atomic.
4571d3bf 3411 *
f09603a2
JB
3412 * @sta_state: Notifies low level driver about state transition of a
3413 * station (which can be the AP, a client, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc.)
3414 * This callback is mutually exclusive with @sta_add/@sta_remove.
3415 * It must not fail for down transitions but may fail for transitions
6a9d1b91
JB
3416 * up the list of states. Also note that after the callback returns it
3417 * isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected - no RCU grace
3418 * period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing the station.
3419 * See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed.
3420 * The callback can sleep.
3421 *
3422 * @sta_pre_rcu_remove: Notify driver about station removal before RCU
3423 * synchronisation. This is useful if a driver needs to have station
3424 * pointers protected using RCU, it can then use this call to clear
3425 * the pointers instead of waiting for an RCU grace period to elapse
3426 * in @sta_state.
f09603a2
JB
3427 * The callback can sleep.
3428 *
8f727ef3
JB
3429 * @sta_rc_update: Notifies the driver of changes to the bitrates that can be
3430 * used to transmit to the station. The changes are advertised with bits
3431 * from &enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed and the values are reflected
3432 * in the station data. This callback should only be used when the driver
3433 * uses hardware rate control (%IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL) since
3434 * otherwise the rate control algorithm is notified directly.
3435 * Must be atomic.
f815e2b3
JB
3436 * @sta_rate_tbl_update: Notifies the driver that the rate table changed. This
3437 * is only used if the configured rate control algorithm actually uses
3438 * the new rate table API, and is therefore optional. Must be atomic.
8f727ef3 3439 *
2b9a7e1b
JB
3440 * @sta_statistics: Get statistics for this station. For example with beacon
3441 * filtering, the statistics kept by mac80211 might not be accurate, so
3442 * let the driver pre-fill the statistics. The driver can fill most of
3443 * the values (indicating which by setting the filled bitmap), but not
3444 * all of them make sense - see the source for which ones are possible.
3445 * Statistics that the driver doesn't fill will be filled by mac80211.
3446 * The callback can sleep.
3447 *
75a5f0cc 3448 * @conf_tx: Configure TX queue parameters (EDCF (aifs, cw_min, cw_max),
fe3fa827 3449 * bursting) for a hardware TX queue.
6dd1bf31 3450 * Returns a negative error code on failure.
e1781ed3 3451 * The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3452 *
75a5f0cc 3453 * @get_tsf: Get the current TSF timer value from firmware/hardware. Currently,
3b5d665b 3454 * this is only used for IBSS mode BSSID merging and debugging. Is not a
7b08b3b4 3455 * required function.
e1781ed3 3456 * The callback can sleep.
3b5d665b
AF
3457 *
3458 * @set_tsf: Set the TSF timer to the specified value in the firmware/hardware.
ad24b0da 3459 * Currently, this is only used for IBSS mode debugging. Is not a
7b08b3b4 3460 * required function.
e1781ed3 3461 * The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3462 *
354d381b
PT
3463 * @offset_tsf: Offset the TSF timer by the specified value in the
3464 * firmware/hardware. Preferred to set_tsf as it avoids delay between
3465 * calling set_tsf() and hardware getting programmed, which will show up
3466 * as TSF delay. Is not a required function.
3467 * The callback can sleep.
3468 *
75a5f0cc
JB
3469 * @reset_tsf: Reset the TSF timer and allow firmware/hardware to synchronize
3470 * with other STAs in the IBSS. This is only used in IBSS mode. This
3471 * function is optional if the firmware/hardware takes full care of
3472 * TSF synchronization.
e1781ed3 3473 * The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3474 *
75a5f0cc
JB
3475 * @tx_last_beacon: Determine whether the last IBSS beacon was sent by us.
3476 * This is needed only for IBSS mode and the result of this function is
3477 * used to determine whether to reply to Probe Requests.
6dd1bf31 3478 * Returns non-zero if this device sent the last beacon.
e1781ed3 3479 * The callback can sleep.
d3c990fb 3480 *
4e8998f0
RD
3481 * @get_survey: Return per-channel survey information
3482 *
1f87f7d3
JB
3483 * @rfkill_poll: Poll rfkill hardware state. If you need this, you also
3484 * need to set wiphy->rfkill_poll to %true before registration,
3485 * and need to call wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state() in the callback.
e1781ed3 3486 * The callback can sleep.
aff89a9b 3487 *
310bc676
LT
3488 * @set_coverage_class: Set slot time for given coverage class as specified
3489 * in IEEE 802.11-2007 section 17.3.8.6 and modify ACK timeout
a4bcaf55
LB
3490 * accordingly; coverage class equals to -1 to enable ACK timeout
3491 * estimation algorithm (dynack). To disable dynack set valid value for
3492 * coverage class. This callback is not required and may sleep.
310bc676 3493 *
52981cd7
DS
3494 * @testmode_cmd: Implement a cfg80211 test mode command. The passed @vif may
3495 * be %NULL. The callback can sleep.
71063f0e 3496 * @testmode_dump: Implement a cfg80211 test mode dump. The callback can sleep.
a80f7c0b
JB
3497 *
3498 * @flush: Flush all pending frames from the hardware queue, making sure
39ecc01d
JB
3499 * that the hardware queues are empty. The @queues parameter is a bitmap
3500 * of queues to flush, which is useful if different virtual interfaces
3501 * use different hardware queues; it may also indicate all queues.
3502 * If the parameter @drop is set to %true, pending frames may be dropped.
77be2c54 3503 * Note that vif can be NULL.
39ecc01d 3504 * The callback can sleep.
5ce6e438
JB
3505 *
3506 * @channel_switch: Drivers that need (or want) to offload the channel
3507 * switch operation for CSAs received from the AP may implement this
3508 * callback. They must then call ieee80211_chswitch_done() to indicate
3509 * completion of the channel switch.
4e6cbfd0 3510 *
79b1c460
BR
3511 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device.
3512 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may
3513 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL
3514 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX).
3515 *
3516 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant).
4976b4eb
JB
3517 *
3518 * @remain_on_channel: Starts an off-channel period on the given channel, must
3519 * call back to ieee80211_ready_on_channel() when on that channel. Note
3520 * that normal channel traffic is not stopped as this is intended for hw
3521 * offload. Frames to transmit on the off-channel channel are transmitted
3522 * normally except for the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN flag. When the
3523 * duration (which will always be non-zero) expires, the driver must call
196ac1c1 3524 * ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired().
196ac1c1
JB
3525 * Note that this callback may be called while the device is in IDLE and
3526 * must be accepted in this case.
3527 * This callback may sleep.
4976b4eb
JB
3528 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Requests that an ongoing off-channel period is
3529 * aborted before it expires. This callback may sleep.
38c09159
JL
3530 *
3531 * @set_ringparam: Set tx and rx ring sizes.
3532 *
3533 * @get_ringparam: Get tx and rx ring current and maximum sizes.
e8306f98
VN
3534 *
3535 * @tx_frames_pending: Check if there is any pending frame in the hardware
3536 * queues before entering power save.
bdbfd6b5
SM
3537 *
3538 * @set_bitrate_mask: Set a mask of rates to be used for rate control selection
3539 * when transmitting a frame. Currently only legacy rates are handled.
3540 * The callback can sleep.
a8182929
EG
3541 * @event_callback: Notify driver about any event in mac80211. See
3542 * &enum ieee80211_event_type for the different types.
6382246e 3543 * The callback must be atomic.
4049e09a
JB
3544 *
3545 * @release_buffered_frames: Release buffered frames according to the given
3546 * parameters. In the case where the driver buffers some frames for
3547 * sleeping stations mac80211 will use this callback to tell the driver
3548 * to release some frames, either for PS-poll or uAPSD.
e227867f 3549 * Note that if the @more_data parameter is %false the driver must check
4049e09a
JB
3550 * if there are more frames on the given TIDs, and if there are more than
3551 * the frames being released then it must still set the more-data bit in
3552 * the frame. If the @more_data parameter is %true, then of course the
3553 * more-data bit must always be set.
3554 * The @tids parameter tells the driver which TIDs to release frames
3555 * from, for PS-poll it will always have only a single bit set.
deeaee19
JB
3556 * In the case this is used for a PS-poll initiated release, the
3557 * @num_frames parameter will always be 1 so code can be shared. In
3558 * this case the driver must also set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag
3559 * on the TX status (and must report TX status) so that the PS-poll
3560 * period is properly ended. This is used to avoid sending multiple
3561 * responses for a retried PS-poll frame.
4049e09a
JB
3562 * In the case this is used for uAPSD, the @num_frames parameter may be
3563 * bigger than one, but the driver may send fewer frames (it must send
3564 * at least one, however). In this case it is also responsible for
47086fc5
JB
3565 * setting the EOSP flag in the QoS header of the frames. Also, when the
3566 * service period ends, the driver must set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP
37fbd908 3567 * on the last frame in the SP. Alternatively, it may call the function
e943789e 3568 * ieee80211_sta_eosp() to inform mac80211 of the end of the SP.
4049e09a 3569 * This callback must be atomic.
40b96408
JB
3570 * @allow_buffered_frames: Prepare device to allow the given number of frames
3571 * to go out to the given station. The frames will be sent by mac80211
3572 * via the usual TX path after this call. The TX information for frames
02f2f1a9 3573 * released will also have the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER flag set
40b96408
JB
3574 * and the last one will also have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set. In case
3575 * frames from multiple TIDs are released and the driver might reorder
3576 * them between the TIDs, it must set the %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag
3577 * on the last frame and clear it on all others and also handle the EOSP
37fbd908 3578 * bit in the QoS header correctly. Alternatively, it can also call the
e943789e 3579 * ieee80211_sta_eosp() function.
40b96408
JB
3580 * The @tids parameter is a bitmap and tells the driver which TIDs the
3581 * frames will be on; it will at most have two bits set.
3582 * This callback must be atomic.
e352114f
BG
3583 *
3584 * @get_et_sset_count: Ethtool API to get string-set count.
3585 *
3586 * @get_et_stats: Ethtool API to get a set of u64 stats.
3587 *
3588 * @get_et_strings: Ethtool API to get a set of strings to describe stats
3589 * and perhaps other supported types of ethtool data-sets.
3590 *
a1845fc7
JB
3591 * @mgd_prepare_tx: Prepare for transmitting a management frame for association
3592 * before associated. In multi-channel scenarios, a virtual interface is
3593 * bound to a channel before it is associated, but as it isn't associated
3594 * yet it need not necessarily be given airtime, in particular since any
3595 * transmission to a P2P GO needs to be synchronized against the GO's
3596 * powersave state. mac80211 will call this function before transmitting a
3597 * management frame prior to having successfully associated to allow the
3598 * driver to give it channel time for the transmission, to get a response
3599 * and to be able to synchronize with the GO.
94ba9271
IP
3600 * For drivers that set %IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP, mac80211
3601 * would also call this function before transmitting a deauthentication
3602 * frame in case that no beacon was heard from the AP/P2P GO.
a1845fc7
JB
3603 * The callback will be called before each transmission and upon return
3604 * mac80211 will transmit the frame right away.
d4e36e55
IP
3605 * If duration is greater than zero, mac80211 hints to the driver the
3606 * duration for which the operation is requested.
a1845fc7 3607 * The callback is optional and can (should!) sleep.
c3645eac 3608 *
ee10f2c7
AN
3609 * @mgd_protect_tdls_discover: Protect a TDLS discovery session. After sending
3610 * a TDLS discovery-request, we expect a reply to arrive on the AP's
3611 * channel. We must stay on the channel (no PSM, scan, etc.), since a TDLS
3612 * setup-response is a direct packet not buffered by the AP.
3613 * mac80211 will call this function just before the transmission of a TDLS
3614 * discovery-request. The recommended period of protection is at least
3615 * 2 * (DTIM period).
3616 * The callback is optional and can sleep.
3617 *
c3645eac 3618 * @add_chanctx: Notifies device driver about new channel context creation.
dcae9e02 3619 * This callback may sleep.
c3645eac 3620 * @remove_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context destruction.
dcae9e02 3621 * This callback may sleep.
c3645eac
MK
3622 * @change_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context changes that
3623 * may happen when combining different virtual interfaces on the same
3624 * channel context with different settings
dcae9e02 3625 * This callback may sleep.
c3645eac
MK
3626 * @assign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being bound
3627 * to vif. Possible use is for hw queue remapping.
dcae9e02 3628 * This callback may sleep.
c3645eac
MK
3629 * @unassign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being
3630 * unbound from vif.
dcae9e02 3631 * This callback may sleep.
1a5f0c13
LC
3632 * @switch_vif_chanctx: switch a number of vifs from one chanctx to
3633 * another, as specified in the list of
3634 * @ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch passed to the driver, according
3635 * to the mode defined in &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode.
dcae9e02 3636 * This callback may sleep.
1a5f0c13 3637 *
1041638f
JB
3638 * @start_ap: Start operation on the AP interface, this is called after all the
3639 * information in bss_conf is set and beacon can be retrieved. A channel
3640 * context is bound before this is called. Note that if the driver uses
3641 * software scan or ROC, this (and @stop_ap) isn't called when the AP is
3642 * just "paused" for scanning/ROC, which is indicated by the beacon being
3643 * disabled/enabled via @bss_info_changed.
3644 * @stop_ap: Stop operation on the AP interface.
9214ad7f 3645 *
cf2c92d8
EP
3646 * @reconfig_complete: Called after a call to ieee80211_restart_hw() and
3647 * during resume, when the reconfiguration has completed.
3648 * This can help the driver implement the reconfiguration step (and
3649 * indicate mac80211 is ready to receive frames).
3650 * This callback may sleep.
8f21b0ad 3651 *
a65240c1
JB
3652 * @ipv6_addr_change: IPv6 address assignment on the given interface changed.
3653 * Currently, this is only called for managed or P2P client interfaces.
3654 * This callback is optional; it must not sleep.
73da7d5b
SW
3655 *
3656 * @channel_switch_beacon: Starts a channel switch to a new channel.
3657 * Beacons are modified to include CSA or ECSA IEs before calling this
3658 * function. The corresponding count fields in these IEs must be
66e01cf9 3659 * decremented, and when they reach 1 the driver must call
73da7d5b
SW
3660 * ieee80211_csa_finish(). Drivers which use ieee80211_beacon_get()
3661 * get the csa counter decremented by mac80211, but must check if it is
66e01cf9 3662 * 1 using ieee80211_csa_is_complete() after the beacon has been
73da7d5b 3663 * transmitted and then call ieee80211_csa_finish().
66e01cf9
LC
3664 * If the CSA count starts as zero or 1, this function will not be called,
3665 * since there won't be any time to beacon before the switch anyway.
6d027bcc
LC
3666 * @pre_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
3667 * before a channel switch procedure is started (ie. when a STA
9332ef9d 3668 * gets a CSA or a userspace initiated channel-switch), allowing
6d027bcc 3669 * the driver to prepare for the channel switch.
f1d65583
LC
3670 * @post_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
3671 * after a channel switch procedure is completed, allowing the
3672 * driver to go back to a normal configuration.
b9cc81d8
SS
3673 * @abort_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
3674 * when channel switch procedure was completed, allowing the
3675 * driver to go back to a normal configuration.
fafd2bce
SS
3676 * @channel_switch_rx_beacon: This is an optional callback that is called
3677 * when channel switch procedure is in progress and additional beacon with
3678 * CSA IE was received, allowing driver to track changes in count.
55fff501
JB
3679 * @join_ibss: Join an IBSS (on an IBSS interface); this is called after all
3680 * information in bss_conf is set up and the beacon can be retrieved. A
3681 * channel context is bound before this is called.
3682 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS again.
cca674d4
AQ
3683 *
3684 * @get_expected_throughput: extract the expected throughput towards the
3685 * specified station. The returned value is expressed in Kbps. It returns 0
3686 * if the RC algorithm does not have proper data to provide.
5b3dc42b
FF
3687 *
3688 * @get_txpower: get current maximum tx power (in dBm) based on configuration
3689 * and hardware limits.
a7a6bdd0
AN
3690 *
3691 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver
3692 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations
3693 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. The
3694 * driver receives a channel-switch request template and the location of
3695 * the switch-timing IE within the template as part of the invocation.
3696 * The template is valid only within the call, and the driver can
3697 * optionally copy the skb for further re-use.
3698 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both
3699 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes.
8a4d32f3
AN
3700 * @tdls_recv_channel_switch: a TDLS channel-switch related frame (request or
3701 * response) has been received from a remote peer. The driver gets
3702 * parameters parsed from the incoming frame and may use them to continue
3703 * an ongoing channel-switch operation. In addition, a channel-switch
3704 * response template is provided, together with the location of the
3705 * switch-timing IE within the template. The skb can only be used within
3706 * the function call.
ba8c3d6f
FF
3707 *
3708 * @wake_tx_queue: Called when new packets have been added to the queue.
f59374eb
SS
3709 * @sync_rx_queues: Process all pending frames in RSS queues. This is a
3710 * synchronization which is needed in case driver has in its RSS queues
3711 * pending frames that were received prior to the control path action
3712 * currently taken (e.g. disassociation) but are not processed yet.
708d50ed
AB
3713 *
3714 * @start_nan: join an existing NAN cluster, or create a new one.
3715 * @stop_nan: leave the NAN cluster.
5953ff6d
AB
3716 * @nan_change_conf: change NAN configuration. The data in cfg80211_nan_conf
3717 * contains full new configuration and changes specify which parameters
3718 * are changed with respect to the last NAN config.
3719 * The driver gets both full configuration and the changed parameters since
3720 * some devices may need the full configuration while others need only the
3721 * changed parameters.
167e33f4
AB
3722 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns 0 on success. The data in
3723 * cfg80211_nan_func must not be referenced outside the scope of
3724 * this call.
3725 * @del_nan_func: Remove a NAN function. The driver must call
3726 * ieee80211_nan_func_terminated() with
3727 * NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST reason code upon removal.
9739fe29
SS
3728 * @can_aggregate_in_amsdu: Called in order to determine if HW supports
3729 * aggregating two specific frames in the same A-MSDU. The relation
3730 * between the skbs should be symmetric and transitive. Note that while
3731 * skb is always a real frame, head may or may not be an A-MSDU.
bc847970
PKC
3732 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available.
3733 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided.
cee7013b
JB
3734 *
3735 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) (this call can sleep)
3736 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement (this call can sleep)
75a5f0cc 3737 */
f0706e82 3738struct ieee80211_ops {
36323f81
TH
3739 void (*tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3740 struct ieee80211_tx_control *control,
3741 struct sk_buff *skb);
4150c572 3742 int (*start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4150c572 3743 void (*stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
eecc4800
JB
3744#ifdef CONFIG_PM
3745 int (*suspend)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan);
3746 int (*resume)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
6d52563f 3747 void (*set_wakeup)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, bool enabled);
eecc4800 3748#endif
f0706e82 3749 int (*add_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
1ed32e4f 3750 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
34d4bc4d
JB
3751 int (*change_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3752 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
2ca27bcf 3753 enum nl80211_iftype new_type, bool p2p);
f0706e82 3754 void (*remove_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
1ed32e4f 3755 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
e8975581 3756 int (*config)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 changed);
471b3efd
JB
3757 void (*bss_info_changed)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3758 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3759 struct ieee80211_bss_conf *info,
3760 u32 changed);
b2abb6e2 3761
1041638f
JB
3762 int (*start_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3763 void (*stop_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3764
3ac64bee 3765 u64 (*prepare_multicast)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
22bedad3 3766 struct netdev_hw_addr_list *mc_list);
4150c572
JB
3767 void (*configure_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3768 unsigned int changed_flags,
3769 unsigned int *total_flags,
3ac64bee 3770 u64 multicast);
1b09b556
AO
3771 void (*config_iface_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3772 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3773 unsigned int filter_flags,
3774 unsigned int changed_flags);
17741cdc
JB
3775 int (*set_tim)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3776 bool set);
ea49c359 3777 int (*set_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, enum set_key_cmd cmd,
dc822b5d 3778 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
11a843b7 3779 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key);
9ae4fda3 3780 void (*update_tkip_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
b3fbdcf4
JB
3781 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3782 struct ieee80211_key_conf *conf,
3783 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3784 u32 iv32, u16 *phase1key);
c68f4b89
JB
3785 void (*set_rekey_data)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3786 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3787 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data);
de5fad81
YD
3788 void (*set_default_unicast_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3789 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int idx);
a060bbfe 3790 int (*hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
c56ef672 3791 struct ieee80211_scan_request *req);
b856439b
EP
3792 void (*cancel_hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3793 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
79f460ca
LC
3794 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3795 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3796 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *req,
633e2713 3797 struct ieee80211_scan_ies *ies);
37e3308c 3798 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
79f460ca 3799 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
a344d677
JB
3800 void (*sw_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3801 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3802 const u8 *mac_addr);
3803 void (*sw_scan_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3804 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
f0706e82
JB
3805 int (*get_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3806 struct ieee80211_low_level_stats *stats);
9352c19f
JB
3807 void (*get_key_seq)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3808 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
3809 struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
f23a4780 3810 int (*set_frag_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value);
f0706e82 3811 int (*set_rts_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value);
34e89507
JB
3812 int (*sta_add)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3813 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
3814 int (*sta_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3815 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
77d2ece6
SM
3816#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS
3817 void (*sta_add_debugfs)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3818 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3819 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3820 struct dentry *dir);
77d2ece6 3821#endif
32bfd35d 3822 void (*sta_notify)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
17741cdc 3823 enum sta_notify_cmd, struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
ba905bf4
ARN
3824 int (*sta_set_txpwr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3825 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3826 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
f09603a2
JB
3827 int (*sta_state)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3828 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3829 enum ieee80211_sta_state old_state,
3830 enum ieee80211_sta_state new_state);
6a9d1b91
JB
3831 void (*sta_pre_rcu_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3832 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3833 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
8f727ef3
JB
3834 void (*sta_rc_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3835 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3836 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3837 u32 changed);
f815e2b3
JB
3838 void (*sta_rate_tbl_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3839 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3840 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
2b9a7e1b
JB
3841 void (*sta_statistics)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3842 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3843 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3844 struct station_info *sinfo);
8a3a3c85 3845 int (*conf_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
a3304b0a 3846 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 ac,
f0706e82 3847 const struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params *params);
37a41b4a
EP
3848 u64 (*get_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3849 void (*set_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3850 u64 tsf);
354d381b
PT
3851 void (*offset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3852 s64 offset);
37a41b4a 3853 void (*reset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
f0706e82 3854 int (*tx_last_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
57eeb208
JB
3855
3856 /**
3857 * @ampdu_action:
3858 * Perform a certain A-MPDU action.
3859 * The RA/TID combination determines the destination and TID we want
3860 * the ampdu action to be performed for. The action is defined through
3861 * ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action.
3862 * When the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL the driver
3863 * may neither send aggregates containing more subframes than @buf_size
3864 * nor send aggregates in a way that lost frames would exceed the
3865 * buffer size. If just limiting the aggregate size, this would be
3866 * possible with a buf_size of 8:
3867 *
3868 * - ``TX: 1.....7``
3869 * - ``RX: 2....7`` (lost frame #1)
3870 * - ``TX: 8..1...``
3871 *
3872 * which is invalid since #1 was now re-transmitted well past the
3873 * buffer size of 8. Correct ways to retransmit #1 would be:
3874 *
3875 * - ``TX: 1 or``
3876 * - ``TX: 18 or``
3877 * - ``TX: 81``
3878 *
3879 * Even ``189`` would be wrong since 1 could be lost again.
3880 *
3881 * Returns a negative error code on failure.
3882 * The callback can sleep.
3883 */
1b7d03ac 3884 int (*ampdu_action)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
c951ad35 3885 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
50ea05ef 3886 struct ieee80211_ampdu_params *params);
1289723e
HS
3887 int (*get_survey)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int idx,
3888 struct survey_info *survey);
1f87f7d3 3889 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
a4bcaf55 3890 void (*set_coverage_class)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, s16 coverage_class);
aff89a9b 3891#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
52981cd7
DS
3892 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3893 void *data, int len);
71063f0e
WYG
3894 int (*testmode_dump)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb,
3895 struct netlink_callback *cb,
3896 void *data, int len);
aff89a9b 3897#endif
77be2c54
EG
3898 void (*flush)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3899 u32 queues, bool drop);
5ce6e438 3900 void (*channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
0f791eb4 3901 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5ce6e438 3902 struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
15d96753
BR
3903 int (*set_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant);
3904 int (*get_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant);
21f83589
JB
3905
3906 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
49884568 3907 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
21f83589 3908 struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
d339d5ca
IP
3909 int duration,
3910 enum ieee80211_roc_type type);
21f83589 3911 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
38c09159
JL
3912 int (*set_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx, u32 rx);
3913 void (*get_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3914 u32 *tx, u32 *tx_max, u32 *rx, u32 *rx_max);
e8306f98 3915 bool (*tx_frames_pending)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
bdbfd6b5
SM
3916 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3917 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask);
a8182929
EG
3918 void (*event_callback)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3919 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3920 const struct ieee80211_event *event);
4049e09a 3921
40b96408
JB
3922 void (*allow_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3923 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3924 u16 tids, int num_frames,
3925 enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason,
3926 bool more_data);
4049e09a
JB
3927 void (*release_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3928 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3929 u16 tids, int num_frames,
3930 enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason,
3931 bool more_data);
e352114f
BG
3932
3933 int (*get_et_sset_count)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3934 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int sset);
3935 void (*get_et_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3936 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3937 struct ethtool_stats *stats, u64 *data);
3938 void (*get_et_strings)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3939 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3940 u32 sset, u8 *data);
a1845fc7
JB
3941
3942 void (*mgd_prepare_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
d4e36e55
IP
3943 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3944 u16 duration);
c3645eac 3945
ee10f2c7
AN
3946 void (*mgd_protect_tdls_discover)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3947 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3948
c3645eac
MK
3949 int (*add_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3950 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
3951 void (*remove_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3952 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
3953 void (*change_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3954 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx,
3955 u32 changed);
3956 int (*assign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3957 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3958 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
3959 void (*unassign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3960 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3961 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
1a5f0c13
LC
3962 int (*switch_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3963 struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch *vifs,
3964 int n_vifs,
3965 enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode mode);
9214ad7f 3966
cf2c92d8
EP
3967 void (*reconfig_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3968 enum ieee80211_reconfig_type reconfig_type);
a65240c1
JB
3969
3970#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6)
3971 void (*ipv6_addr_change)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3972 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3973 struct inet6_dev *idev);
3974#endif
73da7d5b
SW
3975 void (*channel_switch_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3976 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3977 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
6d027bcc
LC
3978 int (*pre_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3979 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3980 struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
55fff501 3981
f1d65583
LC
3982 int (*post_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3983 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
b9cc81d8
SS
3984 void (*abort_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3985 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
fafd2bce
SS
3986 void (*channel_switch_rx_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3987 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3988 struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
f1d65583 3989
55fff501
JB
3990 int (*join_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3991 void (*leave_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
2439ca04
MA
3992 u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3993 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
5b3dc42b
FF
3994 int (*get_txpower)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3995 int *dbm);
a7a6bdd0
AN
3996
3997 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3998 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3999 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 oper_class,
4000 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
8a4d32f3 4001 struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb, u32 ch_sw_tm_ie);
a7a6bdd0
AN
4002 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4003 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4004 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
8a4d32f3
AN
4005 void (*tdls_recv_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4006 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4007 struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params *params);
ba8c3d6f 4008
e7881bd5
JB
4009 void (*wake_tx_queue)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4010 struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
f59374eb 4011 void (*sync_rx_queues)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
708d50ed
AB
4012
4013 int (*start_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4014 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4015 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf);
4016 int (*stop_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4017 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5953ff6d
AB
4018 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4019 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4020 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, u32 changes);
167e33f4
AB
4021 int (*add_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4022 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4023 const struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func);
4024 void (*del_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4025 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4026 u8 instance_id);
9739fe29
SS
4027 bool (*can_aggregate_in_amsdu)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4028 struct sk_buff *head,
4029 struct sk_buff *skb);
bc847970
PKC
4030 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4031 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4032 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats);
cee7013b
JB
4033 int (*start_pmsr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4034 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
4035 void (*abort_pmsr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4036 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
f0706e82
JB
4037};
4038
75a5f0cc 4039/**
ad28757e 4040 * ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm - Allocate a new hardware device
75a5f0cc
JB
4041 *
4042 * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer
4043 * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions.
4044 * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by
4045 * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as
4046 * @priv_data_len.
4047 *
4048 * @priv_data_len: length of private data
4049 * @ops: callbacks for this device
ad28757e
BG
4050 * @requested_name: Requested name for this device.
4051 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default naming (phy%d)
0ae997dc
YB
4052 *
4053 * Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error.
f0706e82 4054 */
ad28757e
BG
4055struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(size_t priv_data_len,
4056 const struct ieee80211_ops *ops,
4057 const char *requested_name);
4058
4059/**
4060 * ieee80211_alloc_hw - Allocate a new hardware device
4061 *
4062 * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer
4063 * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions.
4064 * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by
4065 * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as
4066 * @priv_data_len.
4067 *
4068 * @priv_data_len: length of private data
4069 * @ops: callbacks for this device
4070 *
4071 * Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error.
4072 */
4073static inline
f0706e82 4074struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw(size_t priv_data_len,
ad28757e
BG
4075 const struct ieee80211_ops *ops)
4076{
4077 return ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(priv_data_len, ops, NULL);
4078}
f0706e82 4079
75a5f0cc
JB
4080/**
4081 * ieee80211_register_hw - Register hardware device
4082 *
dbbea671
JB
4083 * You must call this function before any other functions in
4084 * mac80211. Note that before a hardware can be registered, you
4085 * need to fill the contained wiphy's information.
75a5f0cc
JB
4086 *
4087 * @hw: the device to register as returned by ieee80211_alloc_hw()
0ae997dc
YB
4088 *
4089 * Return: 0 on success. An error code otherwise.
75a5f0cc 4090 */
f0706e82
JB
4091int ieee80211_register_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4092
e1e54068
JB
4093/**
4094 * struct ieee80211_tpt_blink - throughput blink description
4095 * @throughput: throughput in Kbit/sec
4096 * @blink_time: blink time in milliseconds
4097 * (full cycle, ie. one off + one on period)
4098 */
4099struct ieee80211_tpt_blink {
4100 int throughput;
4101 int blink_time;
4102};
4103
67408c8c
JB
4104/**
4105 * enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags - throughput trigger flags
4106 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO: enable blinking with radio
4107 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK: enable blinking when working
4108 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED: enable blinking when at least one
4109 * interface is connected in some way, including being an AP
4110 */
4111enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags {
4112 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO = BIT(0),
4113 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK = BIT(1),
4114 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED = BIT(2),
4115};
4116
f0706e82 4117#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
f5c4ae07
JB
4118const char *__ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4119const char *__ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4120const char *__ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4121const char *__ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4122const char *
4123__ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4124 unsigned int flags,
4125 const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table,
4126 unsigned int blink_table_len);
f0706e82 4127#endif
75a5f0cc
JB
4128/**
4129 * ieee80211_get_tx_led_name - get name of TX LED
4130 *
4131 * mac80211 creates a transmit LED trigger for each wireless hardware
4132 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
4133 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
4134 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
4135 *
4136 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
0ae997dc
YB
4137 *
4138 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
75a5f0cc 4139 */
f5c4ae07 4140static inline const char *ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
f0706e82
JB
4141{
4142#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4143 return __ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(hw);
4144#else
4145 return NULL;
4146#endif
4147}
4148
75a5f0cc
JB
4149/**
4150 * ieee80211_get_rx_led_name - get name of RX LED
4151 *
4152 * mac80211 creates a receive LED trigger for each wireless hardware
4153 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
4154 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
4155 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
4156 *
4157 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
0ae997dc
YB
4158 *
4159 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
75a5f0cc 4160 */
f5c4ae07 4161static inline const char *ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
f0706e82
JB
4162{
4163#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4164 return __ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(hw);
4165#else
4166 return NULL;
4167#endif
4168}
4169
cdcb006f
ID
4170/**
4171 * ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name - get name of association LED
4172 *
4173 * mac80211 creates a association LED trigger for each wireless hardware
4174 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
4175 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
4176 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
4177 *
4178 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
0ae997dc
YB
4179 *
4180 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
cdcb006f 4181 */
f5c4ae07 4182static inline const char *ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
47f0c502
MB
4183{
4184#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4185 return __ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(hw);
4186#else
4187 return NULL;
4188#endif
4189}
4190
cdcb006f
ID
4191/**
4192 * ieee80211_get_radio_led_name - get name of radio LED
4193 *
4194 * mac80211 creates a radio change LED trigger for each wireless hardware
4195 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
4196 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
4197 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
4198 *
4199 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
0ae997dc
YB
4200 *
4201 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
cdcb006f 4202 */
f5c4ae07 4203static inline const char *ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
cdcb006f
ID
4204{
4205#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4206 return __ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(hw);
4207#else
4208 return NULL;
4209#endif
4210}
47f0c502 4211
e1e54068
JB
4212/**
4213 * ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger - create throughput LED trigger
4214 * @hw: the hardware to create the trigger for
67408c8c 4215 * @flags: trigger flags, see &enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags
e1e54068
JB
4216 * @blink_table: the blink table -- needs to be ordered by throughput
4217 * @blink_table_len: size of the blink table
4218 *
0ae997dc
YB
4219 * Return: %NULL (in case of error, or if no LED triggers are
4220 * configured) or the name of the new trigger.
4221 *
4222 * Note: This function must be called before ieee80211_register_hw().
e1e54068 4223 */
f5c4ae07 4224static inline const char *
67408c8c 4225ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, unsigned int flags,
e1e54068
JB
4226 const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table,
4227 unsigned int blink_table_len)
4228{
4229#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
67408c8c 4230 return __ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(hw, flags, blink_table,
e1e54068
JB
4231 blink_table_len);
4232#else
4233 return NULL;
4234#endif
4235}
4236
75a5f0cc
JB
4237/**
4238 * ieee80211_unregister_hw - Unregister a hardware device
4239 *
4240 * This function instructs mac80211 to free allocated resources
4241 * and unregister netdevices from the networking subsystem.
4242 *
4243 * @hw: the hardware to unregister
4244 */
f0706e82
JB
4245void ieee80211_unregister_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4246
75a5f0cc
JB
4247/**
4248 * ieee80211_free_hw - free hardware descriptor
4249 *
4250 * This function frees everything that was allocated, including the
4251 * private data for the driver. You must call ieee80211_unregister_hw()
6ef307bc 4252 * before calling this function.
75a5f0cc
JB
4253 *
4254 * @hw: the hardware to free
4255 */
f0706e82
JB
4256void ieee80211_free_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4257
f2753ddb
JB
4258/**
4259 * ieee80211_restart_hw - restart hardware completely
4260 *
4261 * Call this function when the hardware was restarted for some reason
4262 * (hardware error, ...) and the driver is unable to restore its state
4263 * by itself. mac80211 assumes that at this point the driver/hardware
4264 * is completely uninitialised and stopped, it starts the process by
4265 * calling the ->start() operation. The driver will need to reset all
4266 * internal state that it has prior to calling this function.
4267 *
4268 * @hw: the hardware to restart
4269 */
4270void ieee80211_restart_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4271
06d181a8 4272/**
af9f9b22 4273 * ieee80211_rx_napi - receive frame from NAPI context
4e6cbfd0 4274 *
af9f9b22
JB
4275 * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive
4276 * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a
4277 * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211
4278 * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory
4279 * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack.
4280 *
4281 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
4282 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to
4283 * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be
4284 * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4285 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
4286 *
4287 * This function must be called with BHs disabled.
4288 *
4289 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
d63b548f 4290 * @sta: the station the frame was received from, or %NULL
af9f9b22
JB
4291 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
4292 * @napi: the NAPI context
4e6cbfd0 4293 */
d63b548f
JB
4294void ieee80211_rx_napi(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4295 struct sk_buff *skb, struct napi_struct *napi);
4e6cbfd0 4296
75a5f0cc
JB
4297/**
4298 * ieee80211_rx - receive frame
4299 *
4300 * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive
e3cf8b3f
ZY
4301 * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a
4302 * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211
4303 * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory
4304 * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack.
75a5f0cc 4305 *
2485f710 4306 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
e36e49f7
KV
4307 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to
4308 * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be
f6b3d85f
FF
4309 * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4310 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
75a5f0cc 4311 *
e36e49f7 4312 * In process context use instead ieee80211_rx_ni().
d20ef63d 4313 *
75a5f0cc
JB
4314 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4315 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
75a5f0cc 4316 */
af9f9b22
JB
4317static inline void ieee80211_rx(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb)
4318{
d63b548f 4319 ieee80211_rx_napi(hw, NULL, skb, NULL);
af9f9b22 4320}
75a5f0cc
JB
4321
4322/**
4323 * ieee80211_rx_irqsafe - receive frame
4324 *
4325 * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in IRQ context
2485f710
JB
4326 * (internally defers to a tasklet.)
4327 *
e36e49f7 4328 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni() may not
f6b3d85f
FF
4329 * be mixed for a single hardware.Must not run concurrently with
4330 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
75a5f0cc
JB
4331 *
4332 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4333 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
75a5f0cc 4334 */
f1d58c25 4335void ieee80211_rx_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb);
f0706e82 4336
e36e49f7
KV
4337/**
4338 * ieee80211_rx_ni - receive frame (in process context)
4339 *
4340 * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in process context
4341 * (internally disables bottom halves).
4342 *
4343 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may
f6b3d85f
FF
4344 * not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4345 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
e36e49f7
KV
4346 *
4347 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4348 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
4349 */
4350static inline void ieee80211_rx_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4351 struct sk_buff *skb)
4352{
4353 local_bh_disable();
4354 ieee80211_rx(hw, skb);
4355 local_bh_enable();
4356}
4357
d057e5a3
AN
4358/**
4359 * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition - PS transition for connected sta
4360 *
4361 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS
4362 * flag set, use this function to inform mac80211 about a connected station
4363 * entering/leaving PS mode.
4364 *
4365 * This function may not be called in IRQ context or with softirqs enabled.
4366 *
4367 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized against
4368 * each other.
4369 *
d057e5a3
AN
4370 * @sta: currently connected sta
4371 * @start: start or stop PS
0ae997dc
YB
4372 *
4373 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL when the requested PS mode is already set.
d057e5a3
AN
4374 */
4375int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, bool start);
4376
4377/**
4378 * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni - PS transition for connected sta
4379 * (in process context)
4380 *
4381 * Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() but can be called in process context
4382 * (internally disables bottom halves). Concurrent call restriction still
4383 * applies.
4384 *
4385 * @sta: currently connected sta
4386 * @start: start or stop PS
0ae997dc
YB
4387 *
4388 * Return: Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition().
d057e5a3
AN
4389 */
4390static inline int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4391 bool start)
4392{
4393 int ret;
4394
4395 local_bh_disable();
4396 ret = ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(sta, start);
4397 local_bh_enable();
4398
4399 return ret;
4400}
4401
46fa38e8
JB
4402/**
4403 * ieee80211_sta_pspoll - PS-Poll frame received
4404 * @sta: currently connected station
4405 *
4406 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set,
4407 * use this function to inform mac80211 that a PS-Poll frame from a
4408 * connected station was received.
4409 * This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition()
4410 * and possibly ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(); calls to all three must
4411 * be serialized.
4412 */
4413void ieee80211_sta_pspoll(struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
4414
4415/**
4416 * ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger - (potential) U-APSD trigger frame received
4417 * @sta: currently connected station
4418 * @tid: TID of the received (potential) trigger frame
4419 *
4420 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set,
4421 * use this function to inform mac80211 that a (potential) trigger frame
4422 * from a connected station was received.
4423 * This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition()
4424 * and possibly ieee80211_sta_pspoll(); calls to all three must be
4425 * serialized.
0aa419ec
EG
4426 * %IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS can be passed as the tid if the tid is unknown.
4427 * In this case, mac80211 will not check that this tid maps to an AC
4428 * that is trigger enabled and assume that the caller did the proper
4429 * checks.
46fa38e8
JB
4430 */
4431void ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
4432
d24deb25
GW
4433/*
4434 * The TX headroom reserved by mac80211 for its own tx_status functions.
4435 * This is enough for the radiotap header.
4436 */
651b9920 4437#define IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_HEADROOM ALIGN(14, 4)
d24deb25 4438
dcf55fb5 4439/**
042ec453 4440 * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered - inform mac80211 about driver-buffered frames
bdfbe804 4441 * @sta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer for the sleeping station
042ec453
JB
4442 * @tid: the TID that has buffered frames
4443 * @buffered: indicates whether or not frames are buffered for this TID
dcf55fb5
FF
4444 *
4445 * If a driver buffers frames for a powersave station instead of passing
042ec453
JB
4446 * them back to mac80211 for retransmission, the station may still need
4447 * to be told that there are buffered frames via the TIM bit.
4448 *
4449 * This function informs mac80211 whether or not there are frames that are
4450 * buffered in the driver for a given TID; mac80211 can then use this data
4451 * to set the TIM bit (NOTE: This may call back into the driver's set_tim
4452 * call! Beware of the locking!)
4453 *
4454 * If all frames are released to the station (due to PS-poll or uAPSD)
4455 * then the driver needs to inform mac80211 that there no longer are
4456 * frames buffered. However, when the station wakes up mac80211 assumes
4457 * that all buffered frames will be transmitted and clears this data,
4458 * drivers need to make sure they inform mac80211 about all buffered
4459 * frames on the sleep transition (sta_notify() with %STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP).
4460 *
4461 * Note that technically mac80211 only needs to know this per AC, not per
4462 * TID, but since driver buffering will inevitably happen per TID (since
4463 * it is related to aggregation) it is easier to make mac80211 map the
4464 * TID to the AC as required instead of keeping track in all drivers that
4465 * use this API.
4466 */
4467void ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4468 u8 tid, bool buffered);
dcf55fb5 4469
0d528d85
FF
4470/**
4471 * ieee80211_get_tx_rates - get the selected transmit rates for a packet
4472 *
4473 * Call this function in a driver with per-packet rate selection support
4474 * to combine the rate info in the packet tx info with the most recent
4475 * rate selection table for the station entry.
4476 *
4477 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4478 * @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent.
4479 * @skb: the frame to be transmitted.
4480 * @dest: buffer for extracted rate/retry information
4481 * @max_rates: maximum number of rates to fetch
4482 */
4483void ieee80211_get_tx_rates(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4484 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4485 struct sk_buff *skb,
4486 struct ieee80211_tx_rate *dest,
4487 int max_rates);
4488
484a54c2
THJ
4489/**
4490 * ieee80211_sta_set_expected_throughput - set the expected tpt for a station
4491 *
4492 * Call this function to notify mac80211 about a change in expected throughput
4493 * to a station. A driver for a device that does rate control in firmware can
4494 * call this function when the expected throughput estimate towards a station
4495 * changes. The information is used to tune the CoDel AQM applied to traffic
4496 * going towards that station (which can otherwise be too aggressive and cause
4497 * slow stations to starve).
4498 *
4499 * @pubsta: the station to set throughput for.
4500 * @thr: the current expected throughput in kbps.
4501 */
4502void ieee80211_sta_set_expected_throughput(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
4503 u32 thr);
4504
f8252e7b
AK
4505/**
4506 * ieee80211_tx_rate_update - transmit rate update callback
4507 *
4508 * Drivers should call this functions with a non-NULL pub sta
4509 * This function can be used in drivers that does not have provision
4510 * in updating the tx rate in data path.
4511 *
4512 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4513 * @pubsta: the station to update the tx rate for.
4514 * @info: tx status information
4515 */
4516void ieee80211_tx_rate_update(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4517 struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
4518 struct ieee80211_tx_info *info);
4519
75a5f0cc
JB
4520/**
4521 * ieee80211_tx_status - transmit status callback
4522 *
4523 * Call this function for all transmitted frames after they have been
4524 * transmitted. It is permissible to not call this function for
4525 * multicast frames but this can affect statistics.
4526 *
2485f710
JB
4527 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
4528 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls
20ed3166 4529 * to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni() and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe()
f6b3d85f
FF
4530 * may not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4531 * ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni().
2485f710 4532 *
75a5f0cc
JB
4533 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4534 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
75a5f0cc 4535 */
f0706e82 4536void ieee80211_tx_status(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
e039fa4a 4537 struct sk_buff *skb);
2485f710 4538
5fe49a9d
FF
4539/**
4540 * ieee80211_tx_status_ext - extended transmit status callback
4541 *
4542 * This function can be used as a replacement for ieee80211_tx_status
4543 * in drivers that may want to provide extra information that does not
4544 * fit into &struct ieee80211_tx_info.
4545 *
4546 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized
4547 * against each other. Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni()
4548 * and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
4549 *
4550 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4551 * @status: tx status information
4552 */
4553void ieee80211_tx_status_ext(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4554 struct ieee80211_tx_status *status);
4555
f027c2ac
FF
4556/**
4557 * ieee80211_tx_status_noskb - transmit status callback without skb
4558 *
4559 * This function can be used as a replacement for ieee80211_tx_status
4560 * in drivers that cannot reliably map tx status information back to
4561 * specific skbs.
4562 *
4563 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized
4564 * against each other. Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni()
4565 * and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
4566 *
4567 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4568 * @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent
4569 * (NULL for multicast packets)
4570 * @info: tx status information
4571 */
5fe49a9d
FF
4572static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_noskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4573 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4574 struct ieee80211_tx_info *info)
4575{
4576 struct ieee80211_tx_status status = {
4577 .sta = sta,
4578 .info = info,
4579 };
4580
4581 ieee80211_tx_status_ext(hw, &status);
4582}
f027c2ac 4583
20ed3166
JS
4584/**
4585 * ieee80211_tx_status_ni - transmit status callback (in process context)
4586 *
4587 * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in process context.
4588 *
4589 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and
4590 * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed
4591 * for a single hardware.
4592 *
4593 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4594 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
4595 */
4596static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4597 struct sk_buff *skb)
4598{
4599 local_bh_disable();
4600 ieee80211_tx_status(hw, skb);
4601 local_bh_enable();
4602}
4603
2485f710 4604/**
6ef307bc 4605 * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe - IRQ-safe transmit status callback
2485f710
JB
4606 *
4607 * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in IRQ context
4608 * (internally defers to a tasklet.)
4609 *
20ed3166
JS
4610 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and
4611 * ieee80211_tx_status_ni() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
2485f710
JB
4612 *
4613 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4614 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
2485f710 4615 */
f0706e82 4616void ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
e039fa4a 4617 struct sk_buff *skb);
f0706e82 4618
8178d38b
AN
4619/**
4620 * ieee80211_report_low_ack - report non-responding station
4621 *
4622 * When operating in AP-mode, call this function to report a non-responding
4623 * connected STA.
4624 *
4625 * @sta: the non-responding connected sta
4626 * @num_packets: number of packets sent to @sta without a response
4627 */
4628void ieee80211_report_low_ack(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u32 num_packets);
4629
1af586c9
AO
4630#define IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM 2
4631
6ec8c332
AO
4632/**
4633 * struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets - mutable beacon offsets
4634 * @tim_offset: position of TIM element
4635 * @tim_length: size of TIM element
8d77ec85
LC
4636 * @csa_counter_offs: array of IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM offsets
4637 * to CSA counters. This array can contain zero values which
4638 * should be ignored.
6ec8c332
AO
4639 */
4640struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets {
4641 u16 tim_offset;
4642 u16 tim_length;
1af586c9
AO
4643
4644 u16 csa_counter_offs[IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM];
6ec8c332
AO
4645};
4646
4647/**
4648 * ieee80211_beacon_get_template - beacon template generation function
4649 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4650 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4651 * @offs: &struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets pointer to struct that will
4652 * receive the offsets that may be updated by the driver.
4653 *
4654 * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to
4655 * obtain the beacon template.
4656 *
4657 * This function should be used if the beacon frames are generated by the
4658 * device, and then the driver must use the returned beacon as the template
1af586c9
AO
4659 * The driver or the device are responsible to update the DTIM and, when
4660 * applicable, the CSA count.
6ec8c332
AO
4661 *
4662 * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
4663 *
4664 * Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error.
4665 */
4666struct sk_buff *
4667ieee80211_beacon_get_template(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4668 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4669 struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets *offs);
4670
f0706e82 4671/**
eddcbb94 4672 * ieee80211_beacon_get_tim - beacon generation function
f0706e82 4673 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4674 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
eddcbb94
JB
4675 * @tim_offset: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE offset.
4676 * Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes).
4677 * @tim_length: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE length,
4678 * (including the ID and length bytes!).
4679 * Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes).
4680 *
4681 * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to
6ec8c332 4682 * obtain the beacon frame.
f0706e82
JB
4683 *
4684 * If the beacon frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
eddcbb94 4685 * hardware/firmware), the driver uses this function to get each beacon
6ec8c332
AO
4686 * frame from mac80211 -- it is responsible for calling this function exactly
4687 * once before the beacon is needed (e.g. based on hardware interrupt).
eddcbb94
JB
4688 *
4689 * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
0ae997dc
YB
4690 *
4691 * Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error.
eddcbb94
JB
4692 */
4693struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4694 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4695 u16 *tim_offset, u16 *tim_length);
4696
4697/**
4698 * ieee80211_beacon_get - beacon generation function
4699 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4700 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
eddcbb94
JB
4701 *
4702 * See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim().
0ae997dc
YB
4703 *
4704 * Return: See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim().
f0706e82 4705 */
eddcbb94
JB
4706static inline struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4707 struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
4708{
4709 return ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(hw, vif, NULL, NULL);
4710}
f0706e82 4711
1af586c9
AO
4712/**
4713 * ieee80211_csa_update_counter - request mac80211 to decrement the csa counter
4714 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4715 *
4716 * The csa counter should be updated after each beacon transmission.
4717 * This function is called implicitly when
4718 * ieee80211_beacon_get/ieee80211_beacon_get_tim are called, however if the
4719 * beacon frames are generated by the device, the driver should call this
4720 * function after each beacon transmission to sync mac80211's csa counters.
4721 *
4722 * Return: new csa counter value
4723 */
4724u8 ieee80211_csa_update_counter(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4725
03737001
GG
4726/**
4727 * ieee80211_csa_set_counter - request mac80211 to set csa counter
4728 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4729 * @counter: the new value for the counter
4730 *
4731 * The csa counter can be changed by the device, this API should be
4732 * used by the device driver to update csa counter in mac80211.
4733 *
4734 * It should never be used together with ieee80211_csa_update_counter(),
4735 * as it will cause a race condition around the counter value.
4736 */
4737void ieee80211_csa_set_counter(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u8 counter);
4738
73da7d5b
SW
4739/**
4740 * ieee80211_csa_finish - notify mac80211 about channel switch
4741 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4742 *
4743 * After a channel switch announcement was scheduled and the counter in this
66e01cf9 4744 * announcement hits 1, this function must be called by the driver to
73da7d5b
SW
4745 * notify mac80211 that the channel can be changed.
4746 */
4747void ieee80211_csa_finish(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4748
4749/**
66e01cf9 4750 * ieee80211_csa_is_complete - find out if counters reached 1
73da7d5b
SW
4751 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4752 *
4753 * This function returns whether the channel switch counters reached zero.
4754 */
4755bool ieee80211_csa_is_complete(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4756
4757
02945821
AN
4758/**
4759 * ieee80211_proberesp_get - retrieve a Probe Response template
4760 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4761 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4762 *
4763 * Creates a Probe Response template which can, for example, be uploaded to
4764 * hardware. The destination address should be set by the caller.
4765 *
4766 * Can only be called in AP mode.
0ae997dc
YB
4767 *
4768 * Return: The Probe Response template. %NULL on error.
02945821
AN
4769 */
4770struct sk_buff *ieee80211_proberesp_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4771 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4772
7044cc56
KV
4773/**
4774 * ieee80211_pspoll_get - retrieve a PS Poll template
4775 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4776 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4777 *
4778 * Creates a PS Poll a template which can, for example, uploaded to
4779 * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct
4780 * AID, BSSID and MAC address is used.
4781 *
4782 * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the
4783 * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit.
0ae997dc
YB
4784 *
4785 * Return: The PS Poll template. %NULL on error.
7044cc56
KV
4786 */
4787struct sk_buff *ieee80211_pspoll_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4788 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4789
4790/**
4791 * ieee80211_nullfunc_get - retrieve a nullfunc template
4792 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4793 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
7b6ddeaf
JB
4794 * @qos_ok: QoS NDP is acceptable to the caller, this should be set
4795 * if at all possible
7044cc56
KV
4796 *
4797 * Creates a Nullfunc template which can, for example, uploaded to
4798 * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct
4799 * BSSID and address is used.
4800 *
7b6ddeaf
JB
4801 * If @qos_ndp is set and the association is to an AP with QoS/WMM, the
4802 * returned packet will be QoS NDP.
4803 *
7044cc56
KV
4804 * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the
4805 * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit as well as Duration and Sequence Control fields.
0ae997dc
YB
4806 *
4807 * Return: The nullfunc template. %NULL on error.
7044cc56
KV
4808 */
4809struct sk_buff *ieee80211_nullfunc_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
7b6ddeaf
JB
4810 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4811 bool qos_ok);
7044cc56 4812
05e54ea6
KV
4813/**
4814 * ieee80211_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template
4815 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
a344d677 4816 * @src_addr: source MAC address
05e54ea6
KV
4817 * @ssid: SSID buffer
4818 * @ssid_len: length of SSID
b9a9ada1 4819 * @tailroom: tailroom to reserve at end of SKB for IEs
05e54ea6
KV
4820 *
4821 * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to
4822 * hardware.
0ae997dc
YB
4823 *
4824 * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error.
05e54ea6
KV
4825 */
4826struct sk_buff *ieee80211_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
a344d677 4827 const u8 *src_addr,
05e54ea6 4828 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len,
b9a9ada1 4829 size_t tailroom);
05e54ea6 4830
f0706e82
JB
4831/**
4832 * ieee80211_rts_get - RTS frame generation function
4833 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4834 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
f0706e82
JB
4835 * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS.
4836 * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets).
e039fa4a 4837 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
f0706e82
JB
4838 * @rts: The buffer where to store the RTS frame.
4839 *
4840 * If the RTS frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
4841 * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4842 * the next RTS frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible
4843 * for calling this function before and RTS frame is needed.
4844 */
32bfd35d 4845void ieee80211_rts_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
f0706e82 4846 const void *frame, size_t frame_len,
e039fa4a 4847 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl,
f0706e82
JB
4848 struct ieee80211_rts *rts);
4849
4850/**
4851 * ieee80211_rts_duration - Get the duration field for an RTS frame
4852 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4853 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
f0706e82 4854 * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS.
e039fa4a 4855 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
f0706e82
JB
4856 *
4857 * If the RTS is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide
4858 * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4859 * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder.
0ae997dc
YB
4860 *
4861 * Return: The duration.
f0706e82 4862 */
32bfd35d
JB
4863__le16 ieee80211_rts_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4864 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, size_t frame_len,
e039fa4a 4865 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl);
f0706e82
JB
4866
4867/**
4868 * ieee80211_ctstoself_get - CTS-to-self frame generation function
4869 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4870 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
f0706e82
JB
4871 * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self.
4872 * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets).
e039fa4a 4873 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
f0706e82
JB
4874 * @cts: The buffer where to store the CTS-to-self frame.
4875 *
4876 * If the CTS-to-self frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
4877 * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4878 * the next CTS-to-self frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible
4879 * for calling this function before and CTS-to-self frame is needed.
4880 */
32bfd35d
JB
4881void ieee80211_ctstoself_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4882 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
f0706e82 4883 const void *frame, size_t frame_len,
e039fa4a 4884 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl,
f0706e82
JB
4885 struct ieee80211_cts *cts);
4886
4887/**
4888 * ieee80211_ctstoself_duration - Get the duration field for a CTS-to-self frame
4889 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4890 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
f0706e82 4891 * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self.
e039fa4a 4892 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
f0706e82
JB
4893 *
4894 * If the CTS-to-self is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide
4895 * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4896 * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder.
0ae997dc
YB
4897 *
4898 * Return: The duration.
f0706e82 4899 */
32bfd35d
JB
4900__le16 ieee80211_ctstoself_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4901 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
f0706e82 4902 size_t frame_len,
e039fa4a 4903 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl);
f0706e82
JB
4904
4905/**
4906 * ieee80211_generic_frame_duration - Calculate the duration field for a frame
4907 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4908 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
d13e1414 4909 * @band: the band to calculate the frame duration on
f0706e82 4910 * @frame_len: the length of the frame.
8318d78a 4911 * @rate: the rate at which the frame is going to be transmitted.
f0706e82
JB
4912 *
4913 * Calculate the duration field of some generic frame, given its
4914 * length and transmission rate (in 100kbps).
0ae997dc
YB
4915 *
4916 * Return: The duration.
f0706e82 4917 */
32bfd35d
JB
4918__le16 ieee80211_generic_frame_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4919 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
57fbcce3 4920 enum nl80211_band band,
f0706e82 4921 size_t frame_len,
8318d78a 4922 struct ieee80211_rate *rate);
f0706e82
JB
4923
4924/**
4925 * ieee80211_get_buffered_bc - accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames
4926 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4927 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
f0706e82
JB
4928 *
4929 * Function for accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames. If
4930 * hardware/firmware does not implement buffering of broadcast/multicast
4931 * frames when power saving is used, 802.11 code buffers them in the host
4932 * memory. The low-level driver uses this function to fetch next buffered
0ae997dc
YB
4933 * frame. In most cases, this is used when generating beacon frame.
4934 *
4935 * Return: A pointer to the next buffered skb or NULL if no more buffered
4936 * frames are available.
f0706e82
JB
4937 *
4938 * Note: buffered frames are returned only after DTIM beacon frame was
4939 * generated with ieee80211_beacon_get() and the low-level driver must thus
4940 * call ieee80211_beacon_get() first. ieee80211_get_buffered_bc() returns
4941 * NULL if the previous generated beacon was not DTIM, so the low-level driver
4942 * does not need to check for DTIM beacons separately and should be able to
4943 * use common code for all beacons.
4944 */
4945struct sk_buff *
e039fa4a 4946ieee80211_get_buffered_bc(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
f0706e82 4947
42d98795
JB
4948/**
4949 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv - get a TKIP phase 1 key for IV32
4950 *
4951 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32.
4952 *
4953 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4954 * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for
4955 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
4956 */
4957void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4958 u32 iv32, u16 *p1k);
4959
5d2cdcd4 4960/**
523b02ea
JB
4961 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key
4962 *
4963 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the IV32 taken
4964 * from the given packet.
4965 *
4966 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4967 * @skb: the packet to take the IV32 value from that will be encrypted
4968 * with this P1K
4969 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
4970 */
42d98795
JB
4971static inline void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4972 struct sk_buff *skb, u16 *p1k)
4973{
4974 struct ieee80211_hdr *hdr = (struct ieee80211_hdr *)skb->data;
4975 const u8 *data = (u8 *)hdr + ieee80211_hdrlen(hdr->frame_control);
4976 u32 iv32 = get_unaligned_le32(&data[4]);
4977
4978 ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(keyconf, iv32, p1k);
4979}
523b02ea 4980
8bca5d81
JB
4981/**
4982 * ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key for RX
4983 *
4984 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32
4985 * and transmitter address.
4986 *
4987 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4988 * @ta: TA that will be used with the key
4989 * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for
4990 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
4991 */
4992void ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4993 const u8 *ta, u32 iv32, u16 *p1k);
4994
523b02ea
JB
4995/**
4996 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k - get a TKIP phase 2 key
5d2cdcd4 4997 *
523b02ea
JB
4998 * This function computes the TKIP RC4 key for the IV values
4999 * in the packet.
5d2cdcd4
EG
5000 *
5001 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
523b02ea
JB
5002 * @skb: the packet to take the IV32/IV16 values from that will be
5003 * encrypted with this key
5004 * @p2k: a buffer to which the key will be written, 16 bytes
5d2cdcd4 5005 */
523b02ea
JB
5006void ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
5007 struct sk_buff *skb, u8 *p2k);
c68f4b89 5008
f8079d43
EP
5009/**
5010 * ieee80211_tkip_add_iv - write TKIP IV and Ext. IV to pos
5011 *
5012 * @pos: start of crypto header
5013 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
5014 * @pn: PN to add
5015 *
5016 * Returns: pointer to the octet following IVs (i.e. beginning of
5017 * the packet payload)
5018 *
5019 * This function writes the tkip IV value to pos (which should
5020 * point to the crypto header)
5021 */
5022u8 *ieee80211_tkip_add_iv(u8 *pos, struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, u64 pn);
5023
3ea542d3
JB
5024/**
5025 * ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq - get key RX sequence counter
5026 *
5027 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
00b9cfa3 5028 * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only);
3ea542d3
JB
5029 * the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For
5030 * CMAC, only TID 0 is valid.
5031 * @seq: buffer to receive the sequence data
5032 *
5033 * This function allows a driver to retrieve the current RX IV/PNs
5034 * for the given key. It must not be called if IV checking is done
5035 * by the device and not by mac80211.
5036 *
5037 * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing
5038 * can be done concurrently.
5039 */
5040void ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
5041 int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
5042
27b3eb9c
JB
5043/**
5044 * ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq - set key RX sequence counter
5045 *
5046 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
00b9cfa3 5047 * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only);
27b3eb9c
JB
5048 * the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For
5049 * CMAC, only TID 0 is valid.
5050 * @seq: new sequence data
5051 *
5052 * This function allows a driver to set the current RX IV/PNs for the
5053 * given key. This is useful when resuming from WoWLAN sleep and GTK
5054 * rekey may have been done while suspended. It should not be called
5055 * if IV checking is done by the device and not by mac80211.
5056 *
5057 * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing
5058 * can be done concurrently.
5059 */
5060void ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
5061 int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
5062
5063/**
5064 * ieee80211_remove_key - remove the given key
5065 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
5066 *
5067 * Remove the given key. If the key was uploaded to the hardware at the
5068 * time this function is called, it is not deleted in the hardware but
5069 * instead assumed to have been removed already.
5070 *
5071 * Note that due to locking considerations this function can (currently)
5072 * only be called during key iteration (ieee80211_iter_keys().)
5073 */
5074void ieee80211_remove_key(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);
5075
5076/**
5077 * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add - add a GTK key from rekeying during WoWLAN
5078 * @vif: the virtual interface to add the key on
5079 * @keyconf: new key data
5080 *
5081 * When GTK rekeying was done while the system was suspended, (a) new
5082 * key(s) will be available. These will be needed by mac80211 for proper
5083 * RX processing, so this function allows setting them.
5084 *
5085 * The function returns the newly allocated key structure, which will
5086 * have similar contents to the passed key configuration but point to
5087 * mac80211-owned memory. In case of errors, the function returns an
5088 * ERR_PTR(), use IS_ERR() etc.
5089 *
5090 * Note that this function assumes the key isn't added to hardware
5091 * acceleration, so no TX will be done with the key. Since it's a GTK
5092 * on managed (station) networks, this is true anyway. If the driver
5093 * calls this function from the resume callback and subsequently uses
5094 * the return code 1 to reconfigure the device, this key will be part
5095 * of the reconfiguration.
5096 *
5097 * Note that the driver should also call ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq()
5098 * for the new key for each TID to set up sequence counters properly.
5099 *
5100 * IMPORTANT: If this replaces a key that is present in the hardware,
5101 * then it will attempt to remove it during this call. In many cases
5102 * this isn't what you want, so call ieee80211_remove_key() first for
5103 * the key that's being replaced.
5104 */
5105struct ieee80211_key_conf *
5106ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5107 struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);
5108
c68f4b89
JB
5109/**
5110 * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace supplicant of rekeying
5111 * @vif: virtual interface the rekeying was done on
5112 * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP, for checking association
5113 * @replay_ctr: the new replay counter after GTK rekeying
5114 * @gfp: allocation flags
5115 */
5116void ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *bssid,
5117 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp);
5118
f0706e82
JB
5119/**
5120 * ieee80211_wake_queue - wake specific queue
5121 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5122 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
5123 *
5124 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_wake_queue.
5125 */
5126void ieee80211_wake_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
5127
5128/**
5129 * ieee80211_stop_queue - stop specific queue
5130 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5131 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
5132 *
5133 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
5134 */
5135void ieee80211_stop_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
5136
92ab8535
TW
5137/**
5138 * ieee80211_queue_stopped - test status of the queue
5139 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5140 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
5141 *
5142 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
0ae997dc
YB
5143 *
5144 * Return: %true if the queue is stopped. %false otherwise.
92ab8535
TW
5145 */
5146
5147int ieee80211_queue_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
5148
f0706e82
JB
5149/**
5150 * ieee80211_stop_queues - stop all queues
5151 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5152 *
5153 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
5154 */
5155void ieee80211_stop_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5156
5157/**
5158 * ieee80211_wake_queues - wake all queues
5159 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5160 *
5161 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_wake_queue.
5162 */
5163void ieee80211_wake_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5164
75a5f0cc
JB
5165/**
5166 * ieee80211_scan_completed - completed hardware scan
5167 *
5168 * When hardware scan offload is used (i.e. the hw_scan() callback is
5169 * assigned) this function needs to be called by the driver to notify
8789d459
JB
5170 * mac80211 that the scan finished. This function can be called from
5171 * any context, including hardirq context.
75a5f0cc
JB
5172 *
5173 * @hw: the hardware that finished the scan
7947d3e0 5174 * @info: information about the completed scan
75a5f0cc 5175 */
7947d3e0
AS
5176void ieee80211_scan_completed(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5177 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info);
f0706e82 5178
79f460ca
LC
5179/**
5180 * ieee80211_sched_scan_results - got results from scheduled scan
5181 *
5182 * When a scheduled scan is running, this function needs to be called by the
5183 * driver whenever there are new scan results available.
5184 *
5185 * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans
5186 */
5187void ieee80211_sched_scan_results(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5188
5189/**
5190 * ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped - inform that the scheduled scan has stopped
5191 *
5192 * When a scheduled scan is running, this function can be called by
5193 * the driver if it needs to stop the scan to perform another task.
5194 * Usual scenarios are drivers that cannot continue the scheduled scan
5195 * while associating, for instance.
5196 *
5197 * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans
5198 */
5199void ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5200
8b2c9824
JB
5201/**
5202 * enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags - interface iteration flags
5203 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL: Iterate over all interfaces that have
5204 * been added to the driver; However, note that during hardware
5205 * reconfiguration (after restart_hw) it will iterate over a new
5206 * interface and over all the existing interfaces even if they
5207 * haven't been re-added to the driver yet.
5208 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL: During resume, iterate over all
5209 * interfaces, even if they haven't been re-added to the driver yet.
3384d757 5210 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE: Iterate only active interfaces (netdev is up).
8b2c9824
JB
5211 */
5212enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags {
5213 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL = 0,
5214 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL = BIT(0),
3384d757 5215 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE = BIT(1),
8b2c9824
JB
5216};
5217
3384d757
AN
5218/**
5219 * ieee80211_iterate_interfaces - iterate interfaces
5220 *
5221 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5222 * hardware and calls the callback for them. This includes active as well as
5223 * inactive interfaces. This function allows the iterator function to sleep.
5224 * Will iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
5225 *
5226 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
5227 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
5228 * @iterator: the iterator function to call
5229 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5230 */
5231void ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags,
5232 void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac,
5233 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5234 void *data);
5235
dabeb344 5236/**
6ef307bc 5237 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces - iterate active interfaces
dabeb344
JB
5238 *
5239 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5240 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
2f561feb
ID
5241 * This function allows the iterator function to sleep, when the iterator
5242 * function is atomic @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic can
5243 * be used.
8b2c9824 5244 * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
dabeb344
JB
5245 *
5246 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
8b2c9824 5247 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
2f561feb 5248 * @iterator: the iterator function to call
dabeb344
JB
5249 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5250 */
3384d757
AN
5251static inline void
5252ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags,
5253 void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac,
5254 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5255 void *data)
5256{
5257 ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(hw,
5258 iter_flags | IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE,
5259 iterator, data);
5260}
dabeb344 5261
2f561feb
ID
5262/**
5263 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic - iterate active interfaces
5264 *
5265 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5266 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
5267 * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic,
5268 * if that is not desired, use @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces instead.
8b2c9824 5269 * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
2f561feb
ID
5270 *
5271 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
8b2c9824 5272 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
2f561feb
ID
5273 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
5274 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5275 */
5276void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
8b2c9824 5277 u32 iter_flags,
2f561feb
ID
5278 void (*iterator)(void *data,
5279 u8 *mac,
5280 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5281 void *data);
5282
c7c71066
JB
5283/**
5284 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl - iterate active interfaces
5285 *
5286 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5287 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
5288 * This version can only be used while holding the RTNL.
5289 *
5290 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
5291 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
5292 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
5293 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5294 */
5295void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5296 u32 iter_flags,
5297 void (*iterator)(void *data,
5298 u8 *mac,
5299 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5300 void *data);
5301
0fc1e049
AN
5302/**
5303 * ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic - iterate stations
5304 *
5305 * This function iterates over all stations associated with a given
5306 * hardware that are currently uploaded to the driver and calls the callback
5307 * function for them.
5308 * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic,
5309 *
5310 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
5311 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
5312 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5313 */
5314void ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5315 void (*iterator)(void *data,
5316 struct ieee80211_sta *sta),
5317 void *data);
42935eca
LR
5318/**
5319 * ieee80211_queue_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue
5320 *
5321 * Drivers and mac80211 use this to add work onto the mac80211 workqueue.
5322 * This helper ensures drivers are not queueing work when they should not be.
5323 *
5324 * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for
5325 * @work: the work we want to add onto the mac80211 workqueue
5326 */
5327void ieee80211_queue_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct work_struct *work);
5328
5329/**
5330 * ieee80211_queue_delayed_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue
5331 *
5332 * Drivers and mac80211 use this to queue delayed work onto the mac80211
5333 * workqueue.
5334 *
5335 * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for
5336 * @dwork: delayable work to queue onto the mac80211 workqueue
5337 * @delay: number of jiffies to wait before queueing
5338 */
5339void ieee80211_queue_delayed_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5340 struct delayed_work *dwork,
5341 unsigned long delay);
5342
0df3ef45
RR
5343/**
5344 * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session - Start a tx Block Ack session.
c951ad35 5345 * @sta: the station for which to start a BA session
0df3ef45 5346 * @tid: the TID to BA on.
bd2ce6e4 5347 * @timeout: session timeout value (in TUs)
ea2d8b59
RD
5348 *
5349 * Return: success if addBA request was sent, failure otherwise
0df3ef45
RR
5350 *
5351 * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate
5352 * the need to start aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level
5353 * will be managed by the mac80211.
5354 */
bd2ce6e4
SM
5355int ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid,
5356 u16 timeout);
0df3ef45 5357
0df3ef45
RR
5358/**
5359 * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to aggregate.
1ed32e4f 5360 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
0df3ef45
RR
5361 * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient.
5362 * @tid: the TID to BA on.
5363 *
5364 * This function must be called by low level driver once it has
5d22c89b
JB
5365 * finished with preparations for the BA session. It can be called
5366 * from any context.
0df3ef45 5367 */
c951ad35 5368void ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra,
0df3ef45
RR
5369 u16 tid);
5370
5371/**
5372 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session - Stop a Block Ack session.
c951ad35 5373 * @sta: the station whose BA session to stop
0df3ef45 5374 * @tid: the TID to stop BA.
ea2d8b59 5375 *
6a8579d0 5376 * Return: negative error if the TID is invalid, or no aggregation active
0df3ef45
RR
5377 *
5378 * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate
5379 * the need to stop aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level
5380 * will be managed by the mac80211.
5381 */
6a8579d0 5382int ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid);
0df3ef45 5383
0df3ef45
RR
5384/**
5385 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to stop aggregate.
1ed32e4f 5386 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
0df3ef45
RR
5387 * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient.
5388 * @tid: the desired TID to BA on.
5389 *
5390 * This function must be called by low level driver once it has
5d22c89b
JB
5391 * finished with preparations for the BA session tear down. It
5392 * can be called from any context.
0df3ef45 5393 */
c951ad35 5394void ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra,
0df3ef45
RR
5395 u16 tid);
5396
17741cdc
JB
5397/**
5398 * ieee80211_find_sta - find a station
5399 *
5ed176e1 5400 * @vif: virtual interface to look for station on
17741cdc
JB
5401 * @addr: station's address
5402 *
0ae997dc
YB
5403 * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise.
5404 *
5405 * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the
17741cdc
JB
5406 * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well.
5407 */
5ed176e1 5408struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
17741cdc
JB
5409 const u8 *addr);
5410
5ed176e1 5411/**
686b9cb9 5412 * ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr - find a station on hardware
5ed176e1
JB
5413 *
5414 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
686b9cb9
BG
5415 * @addr: remote station's address
5416 * @localaddr: local address (vif->sdata->vif.addr). Use NULL for 'any'.
5ed176e1 5417 *
0ae997dc
YB
5418 * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise.
5419 *
5420 * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the
5ed176e1
JB
5421 * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well.
5422 *
686b9cb9
BG
5423 * NOTE: You may pass NULL for localaddr, but then you will just get
5424 * the first STA that matches the remote address 'addr'.
5425 * We can have multiple STA associated with multiple
5426 * logical stations (e.g. consider a station connecting to another
5427 * BSSID on the same AP hardware without disconnecting first).
5428 * In this case, the result of this method with localaddr NULL
5429 * is not reliable.
5ed176e1 5430 *
686b9cb9 5431 * DO NOT USE THIS FUNCTION with localaddr NULL if at all possible.
5ed176e1 5432 */
686b9cb9
BG
5433struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5434 const u8 *addr,
5435 const u8 *localaddr);
5ed176e1 5436
af818581
JB
5437/**
5438 * ieee80211_sta_block_awake - block station from waking up
5439 * @hw: the hardware
5440 * @pubsta: the station
5441 * @block: whether to block or unblock
5442 *
5443 * Some devices require that all frames that are on the queues
5444 * for a specific station that went to sleep are flushed before
5445 * a poll response or frames after the station woke up can be
5446 * delivered to that it. Note that such frames must be rejected
5447 * by the driver as filtered, with the appropriate status flag.
5448 *
5449 * This function allows implementing this mode in a race-free
5450 * manner.
5451 *
5452 * To do this, a driver must keep track of the number of frames
5453 * still enqueued for a specific station. If this number is not
5454 * zero when the station goes to sleep, the driver must call
5455 * this function to force mac80211 to consider the station to
5456 * be asleep regardless of the station's actual state. Once the
5457 * number of outstanding frames reaches zero, the driver must
5458 * call this function again to unblock the station. That will
5459 * cause mac80211 to be able to send ps-poll responses, and if
5460 * the station queried in the meantime then frames will also
5461 * be sent out as a result of this. Additionally, the driver
5462 * will be notified that the station woke up some time after
5463 * it is unblocked, regardless of whether the station actually
5464 * woke up while blocked or not.
5465 */
5466void ieee80211_sta_block_awake(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5467 struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, bool block);
5468
37fbd908
JB
5469/**
5470 * ieee80211_sta_eosp - notify mac80211 about end of SP
5471 * @pubsta: the station
5472 *
5473 * When a device transmits frames in a way that it can't tell
5474 * mac80211 in the TX status about the EOSP, it must clear the
5475 * %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP bit and call this function instead.
5476 * This applies for PS-Poll as well as uAPSD.
5477 *
e943789e
JB
5478 * Note that just like with _tx_status() and _rx() drivers must
5479 * not mix calls to irqsafe/non-irqsafe versions, this function
5480 * must not be mixed with those either. Use the all irqsafe, or
5481 * all non-irqsafe, don't mix!
5482 *
5483 * NB: the _irqsafe version of this function doesn't exist, no
5484 * driver needs it right now. Don't call this function if
5485 * you'd need the _irqsafe version, look at the git history
5486 * and restore the _irqsafe version!
37fbd908 5487 */
e943789e 5488void ieee80211_sta_eosp(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta);
37fbd908 5489
0ead2510
EG
5490/**
5491 * ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc - ask mac80211 to send NDP with EOSP
5492 * @pubsta: the station
5493 * @tid: the tid of the NDP
5494 *
5495 * Sometimes the device understands that it needs to close
5496 * the Service Period unexpectedly. This can happen when
5497 * sending frames that are filling holes in the BA window.
5498 * In this case, the device can ask mac80211 to send a
5499 * Nullfunc frame with EOSP set. When that happens, the
5500 * driver must have called ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() to
5501 * let mac80211 know that there are no buffered frames any
5502 * more, otherwise mac80211 will get the more_data bit wrong.
5503 * The low level driver must have made sure that the frame
5504 * will be sent despite the station being in power-save.
5505 * Mac80211 won't call allow_buffered_frames().
5506 * Note that calling this function, doesn't exempt the driver
5507 * from closing the EOSP properly, it will still have to call
5508 * ieee80211_sta_eosp when the NDP is sent.
5509 */
5510void ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, int tid);
5511
b4809e94
THJ
5512/**
5513 * ieee80211_sta_register_airtime - register airtime usage for a sta/tid
5514 *
5515 * Register airtime usage for a given sta on a given tid. The driver can call
5516 * this function to notify mac80211 that a station used a certain amount of
5517 * airtime. This information will be used by the TXQ scheduler to schedule
5518 * stations in a way that ensures airtime fairness.
5519 *
5520 * The reported airtime should as a minimum include all time that is spent
5521 * transmitting to the remote station, including overhead and padding, but not
5522 * including time spent waiting for a TXOP. If the time is not reported by the
5523 * hardware it can in some cases be calculated from the rate and known frame
5524 * composition. When possible, the time should include any failed transmission
5525 * attempts.
5526 *
5527 * The driver can either call this function synchronously for every packet or
5528 * aggregate, or asynchronously as airtime usage information becomes available.
5529 * TX and RX airtime can be reported together, or separately by setting one of
5530 * them to 0.
5531 *
5532 * @pubsta: the station
5533 * @tid: the TID to register airtime for
5534 * @tx_airtime: airtime used during TX (in usec)
5535 * @rx_airtime: airtime used during RX (in usec)
5536 */
5537void ieee80211_sta_register_airtime(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, u8 tid,
5538 u32 tx_airtime, u32 rx_airtime);
5539
830af02f
JB
5540/**
5541 * ieee80211_iter_keys - iterate keys programmed into the device
5542 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5543 * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all
5544 * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key
5545 * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function
5546 *
5547 * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to
5548 * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into
5549 * the device. This is intended for use in WoWLAN if the device
5550 * needs reprogramming of the keys during suspend. Note that due
5551 * to locking reasons, it is also only safe to call this at few
5552 * spots since it must hold the RTNL and be able to sleep.
f850e00f
JB
5553 *
5554 * The order in which the keys are iterated matches the order
5555 * in which they were originally installed and handed to the
5556 * set_key callback.
830af02f
JB
5557 */
5558void ieee80211_iter_keys(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5559 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5560 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5561 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5562 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5563 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
5564 void *data),
5565 void *iter_data);
5566
ef044763
EP
5567/**
5568 * ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu - iterate keys programmed into the device
5569 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5570 * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all
5571 * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key
5572 * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function
5573 *
5574 * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to
5575 * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into
5576 * the device. Note that due to locking reasons, keys of station
5577 * in removal process will be skipped.
5578 *
5579 * This function requires being called in an RCU critical section,
5580 * and thus iter must be atomic.
5581 */
5582void ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5583 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5584 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5585 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5586 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5587 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
5588 void *data),
5589 void *iter_data);
5590
3448c005
JB
5591/**
5592 * ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic - iterate channel contexts
5593 * @hw: pointre obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5594 * @iter: iterator function
5595 * @iter_data: data passed to iterator function
5596 *
5597 * Iterate all active channel contexts. This function is atomic and
5598 * doesn't acquire any locks internally that might be held in other
5599 * places while calling into the driver.
5600 *
5601 * The iterator will not find a context that's being added (during
5602 * the driver callback to add it) but will find it while it's being
5603 * removed.
8a61af65
JB
5604 *
5605 * Note that during hardware restart, all contexts that existed
5606 * before the restart are considered already present so will be
5607 * found while iterating, whether they've been re-added already
5608 * or not.
3448c005
JB
5609 */
5610void ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic(
5611 struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5612 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5613 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *chanctx_conf,
5614 void *data),
5615 void *iter_data);
5616
a619a4c0
JO
5617/**
5618 * ieee80211_ap_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template
5619 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5620 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5621 *
5622 * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to
5623 * hardware. The template is filled with bssid, ssid and supported rate
5624 * information. This function must only be called from within the
5625 * .bss_info_changed callback function and only in managed mode. The function
5626 * is only useful when the interface is associated, otherwise it will return
0ae997dc
YB
5627 * %NULL.
5628 *
5629 * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error.
a619a4c0
JO
5630 */
5631struct sk_buff *ieee80211_ap_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5632 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5633
04de8381
KV
5634/**
5635 * ieee80211_beacon_loss - inform hardware does not receive beacons
5636 *
1ed32e4f 5637 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
04de8381 5638 *
c1288b12 5639 * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER and
1e4dcd01 5640 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set, the driver needs to inform whenever the
04de8381
KV
5641 * hardware is not receiving beacons with this function.
5642 */
5643void ieee80211_beacon_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4b7679a5 5644
1e4dcd01
JO
5645/**
5646 * ieee80211_connection_loss - inform hardware has lost connection to the AP
5647 *
5648 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5649 *
c1288b12 5650 * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER, and
1e4dcd01
JO
5651 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS and %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR are set, the driver
5652 * needs to inform if the connection to the AP has been lost.
682bd38b
JB
5653 * The function may also be called if the connection needs to be terminated
5654 * for some other reason, even if %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR isn't set.
1e4dcd01
JO
5655 *
5656 * This function will cause immediate change to disassociated state,
5657 * without connection recovery attempts.
5658 */
5659void ieee80211_connection_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5660
95acac61
JB
5661/**
5662 * ieee80211_resume_disconnect - disconnect from AP after resume
5663 *
5664 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5665 *
5666 * Instructs mac80211 to disconnect from the AP after resume.
5667 * Drivers can use this after WoWLAN if they know that the
5668 * connection cannot be kept up, for example because keys were
5669 * used while the device was asleep but the replay counters or
5670 * similar cannot be retrieved from the device during resume.
5671 *
5672 * Note that due to implementation issues, if the driver uses
5673 * the reconfiguration functionality during resume the interface
5674 * will still be added as associated first during resume and then
5675 * disconnect normally later.
5676 *
5677 * This function can only be called from the resume callback and
5678 * the driver must not be holding any of its own locks while it
5679 * calls this function, or at least not any locks it needs in the
5680 * key configuration paths (if it supports HW crypto).
5681 */
5682void ieee80211_resume_disconnect(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
f90754c1 5683
a97c13c3
JO
5684/**
5685 * ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify - inform a configured connection quality monitoring
5686 * rssi threshold triggered
5687 *
5688 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5689 * @rssi_event: the RSSI trigger event type
769f07d8 5690 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available
a97c13c3
JO
5691 * @gfp: context flags
5692 *
ea086359 5693 * When the %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI is set, and a connection quality
a97c13c3
JO
5694 * monitoring is configured with an rssi threshold, the driver will inform
5695 * whenever the rssi level reaches the threshold.
5696 */
5697void ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5698 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event,
769f07d8 5699 s32 rssi_level,
a97c13c3
JO
5700 gfp_t gfp);
5701
98f03342
JB
5702/**
5703 * ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - inform CQM of beacon loss
5704 *
5705 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5706 * @gfp: context flags
5707 */
5708void ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, gfp_t gfp);
5709
164eb02d
SW
5710/**
5711 * ieee80211_radar_detected - inform that a radar was detected
5712 *
5713 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5714 */
5715void ieee80211_radar_detected(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5716
5ce6e438
JB
5717/**
5718 * ieee80211_chswitch_done - Complete channel switch process
5719 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5720 * @success: make the channel switch successful or not
5721 *
5722 * Complete the channel switch post-process: set the new operational channel
5723 * and wake up the suspended queues.
5724 */
5725void ieee80211_chswitch_done(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, bool success);
5726
d1f5b7a3
JB
5727/**
5728 * ieee80211_request_smps - request SM PS transition
5729 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
633dd1ea 5730 * @smps_mode: new SM PS mode
d1f5b7a3
JB
5731 *
5732 * This allows the driver to request an SM PS transition in managed
5733 * mode. This is useful when the driver has more information than
5734 * the stack about possible interference, for example by bluetooth.
5735 */
5736void ieee80211_request_smps(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5737 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode);
5738
21f83589
JB
5739/**
5740 * ieee80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain-on-channel start
5741 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5742 */
5743void ieee80211_ready_on_channel(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5744
5745/**
5746 * ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired
5747 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5748 */
5749void ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5750
f41ccd71
SL
5751/**
5752 * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session - callback to stop existing BA sessions
5753 *
5754 * in order not to harm the system performance and user experience, the device
5755 * may request not to allow any rx ba session and tear down existing rx ba
5756 * sessions based on system constraints such as periodic BT activity that needs
5757 * to limit wlan activity (eg.sco or a2dp)."
5758 * in such cases, the intention is to limit the duration of the rx ppdu and
5759 * therefore prevent the peer device to use a-mpdu aggregation.
5760 *
5761 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5762 * @ba_rx_bitmap: Bit map of open rx ba per tid
5763 * @addr: & to bssid mac address
5764 */
5765void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 ba_rx_bitmap,
5766 const u8 *addr);
5767
06470f74
SS
5768/**
5769 * ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames - move RX BA window and mark filtered
5770 * @pubsta: station struct
5771 * @tid: the session's TID
5772 * @ssn: starting sequence number of the bitmap, all frames before this are
5773 * assumed to be out of the window after the call
5774 * @filtered: bitmap of filtered frames, BIT(0) is the @ssn entry etc.
5775 * @received_mpdus: number of received mpdus in firmware
5776 *
5777 * This function moves the BA window and releases all frames before @ssn, and
5778 * marks frames marked in the bitmap as having been filtered. Afterwards, it
5779 * checks if any frames in the window starting from @ssn can now be released
5780 * (in case they were only waiting for frames that were filtered.)
5781 */
5782void ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, u8 tid,
5783 u16 ssn, u64 filtered,
5784 u16 received_mpdus);
5785
8c771244
FF
5786/**
5787 * ieee80211_send_bar - send a BlockAckReq frame
5788 *
5789 * can be used to flush pending frames from the peer's aggregation reorder
5790 * buffer.
5791 *
5792 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5793 * @ra: the peer's destination address
5794 * @tid: the TID of the aggregation session
5795 * @ssn: the new starting sequence number for the receiver
5796 */
5797void ieee80211_send_bar(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u8 *ra, u16 tid, u16 ssn);
5798
1272c5d8
LC
5799/**
5800 * ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl - helper to queue an RX BA work
5801 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5802 * @addr: station mac address
5803 * @tid: the rx tid
5804 */
699cb58c 5805void ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *addr,
1272c5d8 5806 unsigned int tid);
699cb58c 5807
08cf42e8
MK
5808/**
5809 * ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl - start a Rx BA session
5810 *
5811 * Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including
5812 * AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx
5813 * reordering.
5814 *
5815 * Create structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here
5816 * when they complete AddBa negotiation.
5817 *
5818 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5819 * @addr: station mac address
5820 * @tid: the rx tid
5821 */
699cb58c
JB
5822static inline void ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5823 const u8 *addr, u16 tid)
5824{
5825 if (WARN_ON(tid >= IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS))
5826 return;
5827 ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(vif, addr, tid);
5828}
08cf42e8
MK
5829
5830/**
5831 * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl - stop a Rx BA session
5832 *
5833 * Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including
5834 * AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx
5835 * reordering.
5836 *
5837 * Destroy structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here
5838 * when they complete DelBa negotiation.
5839 *
5840 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5841 * @addr: station mac address
5842 * @tid: the rx tid
5843 */
699cb58c
JB
5844static inline void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5845 const u8 *addr, u16 tid)
5846{
5847 if (WARN_ON(tid >= IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS))
5848 return;
5849 ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(vif, addr, tid + IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS);
5850}
08cf42e8 5851
04c2cf34
NG
5852/**
5853 * ieee80211_rx_ba_timer_expired - stop a Rx BA session due to timeout
5854 *
5855 * Some device drivers do not offload AddBa/DelBa negotiation, but handle rx
5856 * buffer reording internally, and therefore also handle the session timer.
5857 *
5858 * Trigger the timeout flow, which sends a DelBa.
5859 *
5860 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5861 * @addr: station mac address
5862 * @tid: the rx tid
5863 */
5864void ieee80211_rx_ba_timer_expired(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5865 const u8 *addr, unsigned int tid);
5866
4b7679a5 5867/* Rate control API */
e6a9854b 5868
4b7679a5 5869/**
e6a9854b
JB
5870 * struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control - rate control information for/from RC algo
5871 *
5872 * @hw: The hardware the algorithm is invoked for.
5873 * @sband: The band this frame is being transmitted on.
5874 * @bss_conf: the current BSS configuration
f44d4eb5
SW
5875 * @skb: the skb that will be transmitted, the control information in it needs
5876 * to be filled in
e6a9854b
JB
5877 * @reported_rate: The rate control algorithm can fill this in to indicate
5878 * which rate should be reported to userspace as the current rate and
5879 * used for rate calculations in the mesh network.
5880 * @rts: whether RTS will be used for this frame because it is longer than the
5881 * RTS threshold
5882 * @short_preamble: whether mac80211 will request short-preamble transmission
5883 * if the selected rate supports it
f44d4eb5 5884 * @rate_idx_mask: user-requested (legacy) rate mask
2ffbe6d3 5885 * @rate_idx_mcs_mask: user-requested MCS rate mask (NULL if not in use)
8f0729b1 5886 * @bss: whether this frame is sent out in AP or IBSS mode
e6a9854b
JB
5887 */
5888struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control {
5889 struct ieee80211_hw *hw;
5890 struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband;
5891 struct ieee80211_bss_conf *bss_conf;
5892 struct sk_buff *skb;
5893 struct ieee80211_tx_rate reported_rate;
5894 bool rts, short_preamble;
37eb0b16 5895 u32 rate_idx_mask;
2ffbe6d3 5896 u8 *rate_idx_mcs_mask;
8f0729b1 5897 bool bss;
4b7679a5
JB
5898};
5899
09b4a4fa
JB
5900/**
5901 * enum rate_control_capabilities - rate control capabilities
5902 */
5903enum rate_control_capabilities {
5904 /**
5905 * @RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW:
5906 * Support for extended NSS BW support (dot11VHTExtendedNSSCapable)
5907 * Note that this is only looked at if the minimum number of chains
5908 * that the AP uses is < the number of TX chains the hardware has,
5909 * otherwise the NSS difference doesn't bother us.
5910 */
5911 RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW = BIT(0),
5912};
5913
4b7679a5 5914struct rate_control_ops {
09b4a4fa 5915 unsigned long capa;
4b7679a5
JB
5916 const char *name;
5917 void *(*alloc)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct dentry *debugfsdir);
4b7679a5
JB
5918 void (*free)(void *priv);
5919
5920 void *(*alloc_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, gfp_t gfp);
5921 void (*rate_init)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
3de805cf 5922 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
4b7679a5 5923 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta);
81cb7623 5924 void (*rate_update)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
3de805cf 5925 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
64f68e5d
JB
5926 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
5927 u32 changed);
4b7679a5
JB
5928 void (*free_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5929 void *priv_sta);
5930
18fb84d9
FF
5931 void (*tx_status_ext)(void *priv,
5932 struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5933 void *priv_sta, struct ieee80211_tx_status *st);
4b7679a5
JB
5934 void (*tx_status)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5935 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
5936 struct sk_buff *skb);
e6a9854b
JB
5937 void (*get_rate)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
5938 struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control *txrc);
4b7679a5
JB
5939
5940 void (*add_sta_debugfs)(void *priv, void *priv_sta,
5941 struct dentry *dir);
5942 void (*remove_sta_debugfs)(void *priv, void *priv_sta);
cca674d4
AQ
5943
5944 u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(void *priv_sta);
4b7679a5
JB
5945};
5946
5947static inline int rate_supported(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
57fbcce3 5948 enum nl80211_band band,
4b7679a5
JB
5949 int index)
5950{
5951 return (sta == NULL || sta->supp_rates[band] & BIT(index));
5952}
5953
4c6d4f5c
LR
5954/**
5955 * rate_control_send_low - helper for drivers for management/no-ack frames
5956 *
5957 * Rate control algorithms that agree to use the lowest rate to
5958 * send management frames and NO_ACK data with the respective hw
5959 * retries should use this in the beginning of their mac80211 get_rate
5960 * callback. If true is returned the rate control can simply return.
5961 * If false is returned we guarantee that sta and sta and priv_sta is
5962 * not null.
5963 *
5964 * Rate control algorithms wishing to do more intelligent selection of
5965 * rate for multicast/broadcast frames may choose to not use this.
5966 *
5967 * @sta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer to the target destination. Note
5968 * that this may be null.
5969 * @priv_sta: private rate control structure. This may be null.
5970 * @txrc: rate control information we sholud populate for mac80211.
5971 */
5972bool rate_control_send_low(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5973 void *priv_sta,
5974 struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control *txrc);
5975
5976
4b7679a5
JB
5977static inline s8
5978rate_lowest_index(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5979 struct ieee80211_sta *sta)
5980{
5981 int i;
5982
5983 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++)
5984 if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i))
5985 return i;
5986
5987 /* warn when we cannot find a rate. */
54d5026e 5988 WARN_ON_ONCE(1);
4b7679a5 5989
54d5026e 5990 /* and return 0 (the lowest index) */
4b7679a5
JB
5991 return 0;
5992}
5993
b770b43e
LR
5994static inline
5995bool rate_usable_index_exists(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5996 struct ieee80211_sta *sta)
5997{
5998 unsigned int i;
5999
6000 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++)
6001 if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i))
6002 return true;
6003 return false;
6004}
4b7679a5 6005
0d528d85
FF
6006/**
6007 * rate_control_set_rates - pass the sta rate selection to mac80211/driver
6008 *
6009 * When not doing a rate control probe to test rates, rate control should pass
6010 * its rate selection to mac80211. If the driver supports receiving a station
6011 * rate table, it will use it to ensure that frames are always sent based on
6012 * the most recent rate control module decision.
6013 *
6014 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6015 * @pubsta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer to the target destination.
6016 * @rates: new tx rate set to be used for this station.
6017 */
6018int rate_control_set_rates(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6019 struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
6020 struct ieee80211_sta_rates *rates);
6021
631ad703
JB
6022int ieee80211_rate_control_register(const struct rate_control_ops *ops);
6023void ieee80211_rate_control_unregister(const struct rate_control_ops *ops);
4b7679a5 6024
10c806b3
LR
6025static inline bool
6026conf_is_ht20(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
6027{
675a0b04 6028 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20;
10c806b3
LR
6029}
6030
6031static inline bool
6032conf_is_ht40_minus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
6033{
675a0b04
KB
6034 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 &&
6035 conf->chandef.center_freq1 < conf->chandef.chan->center_freq;
10c806b3
LR
6036}
6037
6038static inline bool
6039conf_is_ht40_plus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
6040{
675a0b04
KB
6041 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 &&
6042 conf->chandef.center_freq1 > conf->chandef.chan->center_freq;
10c806b3
LR
6043}
6044
6045static inline bool
6046conf_is_ht40(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
6047{
675a0b04 6048 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40;
10c806b3
LR
6049}
6050
6051static inline bool
6052conf_is_ht(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
6053{
041f607d
RL
6054 return (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5) &&
6055 (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10) &&
6056 (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT);
10c806b3
LR
6057}
6058
2ca27bcf
JB
6059static inline enum nl80211_iftype
6060ieee80211_iftype_p2p(enum nl80211_iftype type, bool p2p)
6061{
6062 if (p2p) {
6063 switch (type) {
6064 case NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION:
6065 return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT;
6066 case NL80211_IFTYPE_AP:
6067 return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO;
6068 default:
6069 break;
6070 }
6071 }
6072 return type;
6073}
6074
6075static inline enum nl80211_iftype
6076ieee80211_vif_type_p2p(struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
6077{
6078 return ieee80211_iftype_p2p(vif->type, vif->p2p);
6079}
6080
65554d07
SS
6081/**
6082 * ieee80211_update_mu_groups - set the VHT MU-MIMO groud data
6083 *
6084 * @vif: the specified virtual interface
6085 * @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group
6086 * @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group
6087 *
6088 * Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid and the position and
6089 * membership data is of the correct size and are in the same byte order as the
6090 * matching GroupId management frame.
6091 * Calls to this function need to be serialized with RX path.
6092 */
6093void ieee80211_update_mu_groups(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6094 const u8 *membership, const u8 *position);
6095
615f7b9b
MV
6096void ieee80211_enable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6097 int rssi_min_thold,
6098 int rssi_max_thold);
6099
6100void ieee80211_disable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
768db343 6101
0d8a0a17 6102/**
0ae997dc 6103 * ieee80211_ave_rssi - report the average RSSI for the specified interface
0d8a0a17
WYG
6104 *
6105 * @vif: the specified virtual interface
6106 *
0ae997dc
YB
6107 * Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid.
6108 *
6109 * Return: The average RSSI value for the requested interface, or 0 if not
6110 * applicable.
0d8a0a17 6111 */
1dae27f8
WYG
6112int ieee80211_ave_rssi(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
6113
cd8f7cb4
JB
6114/**
6115 * ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report WoWLAN wakeup
6116 * @vif: virtual interface
6117 * @wakeup: wakeup reason(s)
6118 * @gfp: allocation flags
6119 *
6120 * See cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup().
6121 */
6122void ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6123 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup,
6124 gfp_t gfp);
6125
06be6b14
FF
6126/**
6127 * ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb - prepare an 802.11 skb for transmission
6128 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6129 * @vif: virtual interface
6130 * @skb: frame to be sent from within the driver
6131 * @band: the band to transmit on
6132 * @sta: optional pointer to get the station to send the frame to
6133 *
6134 * Note: must be called under RCU lock
6135 */
6136bool ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6137 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct sk_buff *skb,
6138 int band, struct ieee80211_sta **sta);
6139
a7022e65
FF
6140/**
6141 * struct ieee80211_noa_data - holds temporary data for tracking P2P NoA state
6142 *
6143 * @next_tsf: TSF timestamp of the next absent state change
6144 * @has_next_tsf: next absent state change event pending
6145 *
6146 * @absent: descriptor bitmask, set if GO is currently absent
6147 *
6148 * private:
6149 *
6150 * @count: count fields from the NoA descriptors
6151 * @desc: adjusted data from the NoA
6152 */
6153struct ieee80211_noa_data {
6154 u32 next_tsf;
6155 bool has_next_tsf;
6156
6157 u8 absent;
6158
6159 u8 count[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX];
6160 struct {
6161 u32 start;
6162 u32 duration;
6163 u32 interval;
6164 } desc[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX];
6165};
6166
6167/**
6168 * ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa - initialize NoA tracking data from P2P IE
6169 *
6170 * @attr: P2P NoA IE
6171 * @data: NoA tracking data
6172 * @tsf: current TSF timestamp
6173 *
6174 * Return: number of successfully parsed descriptors
6175 */
6176int ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa(const struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr *attr,
6177 struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf);
6178
6179/**
6180 * ieee80211_update_p2p_noa - get next pending P2P GO absent state change
6181 *
6182 * @data: NoA tracking data
6183 * @tsf: current TSF timestamp
6184 */
6185void ieee80211_update_p2p_noa(struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf);
6186
c887f0d3
AN
6187/**
6188 * ieee80211_tdls_oper - request userspace to perform a TDLS operation
6189 * @vif: virtual interface
6190 * @peer: the peer's destination address
6191 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation
6192 * @reason_code: reason code for the operation, valid for TDLS teardown
6193 * @gfp: allocation flags
6194 *
6195 * See cfg80211_tdls_oper_request().
6196 */
6197void ieee80211_tdls_oper_request(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *peer,
6198 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper,
6199 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp);
a7f3a768 6200
b6da911b
LK
6201/**
6202 * ieee80211_reserve_tid - request to reserve a specific TID
6203 *
6204 * There is sometimes a need (such as in TDLS) for blocking the driver from
6205 * using a specific TID so that the FW can use it for certain operations such
6206 * as sending PTI requests. To make sure that the driver doesn't use that TID,
6207 * this function must be called as it flushes out packets on this TID and marks
6208 * it as blocked, so that any transmit for the station on this TID will be
6209 * redirected to the alternative TID in the same AC.
6210 *
6211 * Note that this function blocks and may call back into the driver, so it
6212 * should be called without driver locks held. Also note this function should
6213 * only be called from the driver's @sta_state callback.
6214 *
6215 * @sta: the station to reserve the TID for
6216 * @tid: the TID to reserve
6217 *
6218 * Returns: 0 on success, else on failure
6219 */
6220int ieee80211_reserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
6221
6222/**
6223 * ieee80211_unreserve_tid - request to unreserve a specific TID
6224 *
6225 * Once there is no longer any need for reserving a certain TID, this function
6226 * should be called, and no longer will packets have their TID modified for
6227 * preventing use of this TID in the driver.
6228 *
6229 * Note that this function blocks and acquires a lock, so it should be called
6230 * without driver locks held. Also note this function should only be called
6231 * from the driver's @sta_state callback.
6232 *
6233 * @sta: the station
6234 * @tid: the TID to unreserve
6235 */
6236void ieee80211_unreserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
6237
ba8c3d6f
FF
6238/**
6239 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue - dequeue a packet from a software tx queue
6240 *
6241 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
18667600
THJ
6242 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface, or from
6243 * ieee80211_next_txq()
ba8c3d6f
FF
6244 *
6245 * Returns the skb if successful, %NULL if no frame was available.
fca1279f
JB
6246 *
6247 * Note that this must be called in an rcu_read_lock() critical section,
6248 * which can only be released after the SKB was handled. Some pointers in
6249 * skb->cb, e.g. the key pointer, are protected by by RCU and thus the
6250 * critical section must persist not just for the duration of this call
6251 * but for the duration of the frame handling.
6252 * However, also note that while in the wake_tx_queue() method,
6253 * rcu_read_lock() is already held.
ba8c3d6f
FF
6254 */
6255struct sk_buff *ieee80211_tx_dequeue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6256 struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
f2ac7e30 6257
18667600
THJ
6258/**
6259 * ieee80211_next_txq - get next tx queue to pull packets from
6260 *
6261 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6262 * @ac: AC number to return packets from.
6263 *
18667600
THJ
6264 * Returns the next txq if successful, %NULL if no queue is eligible. If a txq
6265 * is returned, it should be returned with ieee80211_return_txq() after the
6266 * driver has finished scheduling it.
6267 */
6268struct ieee80211_txq *ieee80211_next_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac);
6269
6270/**
5b989c18 6271 * ieee80211_txq_schedule_start - start new scheduling round for TXQs
18667600
THJ
6272 *
6273 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6274 * @ac: AC number to acquire locks for
6275 *
5b989c18
FF
6276 * Should be called before ieee80211_next_txq() or ieee80211_return_txq().
6277 * The driver must not call multiple TXQ scheduling rounds concurrently.
18667600 6278 */
5b989c18
FF
6279void ieee80211_txq_schedule_start(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac);
6280
6281/* (deprecated) */
6282static inline void ieee80211_txq_schedule_end(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac)
6283{
6284}
18667600 6285
2b4a6698
FF
6286void __ieee80211_schedule_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6287 struct ieee80211_txq *txq, bool force);
6288
18667600 6289/**
5b989c18 6290 * ieee80211_schedule_txq - schedule a TXQ for transmission
18667600
THJ
6291 *
6292 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5b989c18 6293 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
18667600 6294 *
2b4a6698
FF
6295 * Schedules a TXQ for transmission if it is not already scheduled,
6296 * even if mac80211 does not have any packets buffered.
6297 *
6298 * The driver may call this function if it has buffered packets for
6299 * this TXQ internally.
18667600 6300 */
2b4a6698
FF
6301static inline void
6302ieee80211_schedule_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_txq *txq)
6303{
6304 __ieee80211_schedule_txq(hw, txq, true);
6305}
18667600 6306
390298e8 6307/**
5b989c18 6308 * ieee80211_return_txq - return a TXQ previously acquired by ieee80211_next_txq()
390298e8
THJ
6309 *
6310 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6311 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
2b4a6698
FF
6312 * @force: schedule txq even if mac80211 does not have any buffered packets.
6313 *
6314 * The driver may set force=true if it has buffered packets for this TXQ
6315 * internally.
390298e8 6316 */
5b989c18 6317static inline void
2b4a6698
FF
6318ieee80211_return_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_txq *txq,
6319 bool force)
5b989c18 6320{
2b4a6698 6321 __ieee80211_schedule_txq(hw, txq, force);
5b989c18 6322}
390298e8 6323
b4809e94
THJ
6324/**
6325 * ieee80211_txq_may_transmit - check whether TXQ is allowed to transmit
6326 *
6327 * This function is used to check whether given txq is allowed to transmit by
6328 * the airtime scheduler, and can be used by drivers to access the airtime
6329 * fairness accounting without going using the scheduling order enfored by
6330 * next_txq().
6331 *
6332 * Returns %true if the airtime scheduler thinks the TXQ should be allowed to
6333 * transmit, and %false if it should be throttled. This function can also have
6334 * the side effect of rotating the TXQ in the scheduler rotation, which will
6335 * eventually bring the deficit to positive and allow the station to transmit
6336 * again.
6337 *
6338 * The API ieee80211_txq_may_transmit() also ensures that TXQ list will be
6339 * aligned aginst driver's own round-robin scheduler list. i.e it rotates
6340 * the TXQ list till it makes the requested node becomes the first entry
6341 * in TXQ list. Thus both the TXQ list and driver's list are in sync. If this
6342 * function returns %true, the driver is expected to schedule packets
6343 * for transmission, and then return the TXQ through ieee80211_return_txq().
6344 *
6345 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6346 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
6347 */
6348bool ieee80211_txq_may_transmit(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6349 struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
6350
f2ac7e30
MK
6351/**
6352 * ieee80211_txq_get_depth - get pending frame/byte count of given txq
6353 *
6354 * The values are not guaranteed to be coherent with regard to each other, i.e.
6355 * txq state can change half-way of this function and the caller may end up
6356 * with "new" frame_cnt and "old" byte_cnt or vice-versa.
6357 *
6358 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
6359 * @frame_cnt: pointer to store frame count
6360 * @byte_cnt: pointer to store byte count
6361 */
6362void ieee80211_txq_get_depth(struct ieee80211_txq *txq,
6363 unsigned long *frame_cnt,
6364 unsigned long *byte_cnt);
167e33f4
AB
6365
6366/**
6367 * ieee80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination.
6368 *
6369 * This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function termination.
6370 * Note that this function can't be called from hard irq.
6371 *
6372 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
6373 * @inst_id: the local instance id
6374 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*)
6375 * @gfp: allocation flags
6376 */
6377void ieee80211_nan_func_terminated(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6378 u8 inst_id,
6379 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason,
6380 gfp_t gfp);
92bc43bc
AB
6381
6382/**
6383 * ieee80211_nan_func_match - notify about NAN function match event.
6384 *
6385 * This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function match. The
6386 * cookie inside the match struct will be assigned by mac80211.
6387 * Note that this function can't be called from hard irq.
6388 *
6389 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
6390 * @match: match event information
6391 * @gfp: allocation flags
6392 */
6393void ieee80211_nan_func_match(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6394 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match,
6395 gfp_t gfp);
6396
f0706e82 6397#endif /* MAC80211_H */